# Operator One — full agent-readable knowledge dump # Site: https://o1.eu · Generated from the live site. # Every public page's summary + key facts + FAQ in one file — # the canonical "give-this-file-to-an-LLM" doc. Per-page sidecars at # /llms/.txt; FAQ-only aggregator at /llms-faq.txt; top-level # manifest at /llms.txt. # # Generated: 2026-10-07 # Pages: 59 summarised in full + 265 indexed below --- # / — Operator One — Sell on 100+ European marketplaces # https://o1.eu/ # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One is the Merchant of Record (MoR) and Importer of Record (IoR) that lets brands sell on 100+ European marketplaces without setting up local entities. We become the legal seller, absorb VAT and compliance across 27 EU countries plus the UK, and run listings, logistics, advertising and customer service on one master agreement. ## Key facts - Operator One is named on the consumer invoice as the legal seller; the brand keeps brand, IP and product development, while O1 takes on the customer relationship as part of being the legal seller (invoicing, returns, support). - Coverage: 27 EU countries + the UK, 100+ marketplaces (Amazon DE/FR/IT/ES/NL/BE/PL/SE/IE/UK, Bol.com, Zalando, OTTO, Cdiscount, Allegro, Kaufland, MediaMarkt, ManoMano, About You, Decathlon and more). - Compliance handled inside the MoR wrapper: EU VAT via OSS and IOSS plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock, UK VAT, EU importer and GPSR responsible economic operator duties where Operator One imports the goods (Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Art. 4, GPSR Art. 16), EPR per country and per stream (packaging/WEEE/battery), DAC7 reporting, marketplace-level rules. CE marking, the technical file and the EU Declaration of Conformity stay with the manufacturer; as importer Operator One verifies they exist and keeps the DoC for 10 years. - Operator One officially started in 2023; operating as EU Merchant of Record since 2021 from Almere (NL, HQ) and Lucca (IT); 50+ brands managed; €50M+ GMV handled. - Onboarding: ~30 days from contract to first live sale, market by market. - One master agreement, one monthly settlement — instead of country-by-country entity + VAT + EPR setup. ## FAQ Q: What is a Merchant of Record? A: A Merchant of Record (MoR) is the legal entity that sells the product to the end consumer on a marketplace. The MoR is named on the consumer invoice, collects and remits VAT, holds the marketplace seller account, and takes on consumer-law liability, including returns, refunds and product-safety obligations. When Operator One acts as your MoR, we carry all of that so you can sell across the EU and UK without setting up local entities or operations teams in every country. VAT runs through Operator One's OSS and IOSS filings, plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock; if orders ship from your own stock in another member state, you may still need a VAT registration of your own. Q: How does Merchant of Record differ from a marketplace agency? A: An agency manages your account; you remain the legal seller. That means you still set up the EU entity, register for VAT in each country, hold the GPSR Responsible Person obligation, manage EPR registrations, take DAC7 reporting exposure, and carry the consumer-law liability. The agency just runs the daily operations on top of your seller account. A Merchant of Record IS the legal seller, so all of that fiscal and regulatory work sits with the MoR, not with you. Same daily operations, completely different liability shape. Q: How is a Merchant of Record different from a distributor or 1P deal? A: A distributor or 1P (first-party) wholesale arrangement means you sell stock to the marketplace or distributor, who then resells under their own terms, usually at a discount and often with limited control over listings, pricing and brand presentation. A Merchant of Record keeps you in full control of brand, IP, listings and customer presentation while still removing the legal-seller burden. You're not handing over your margins or your catalogue; we're sitting between you and the marketplace as the regulated seller, not as a buyer. Q: Do I need an EU legal entity to sell on Amazon EU, Bol.com or Zalando? A: Not if you use a Merchant of Record. Operator One acts as the legal EU seller: we hold the entity and the marketplace seller accounts, run VAT through OSS and IOSS plus local VAT registrations where we hold stock, and hold the importer, EPR and marketplace compliance registrations the sale requires. You ship product to our intake, we sell it as ourselves, and you receive a single monthly settlement. Brands based outside the EU (US, UK, Asia) use exactly this route to reach EU shoppers without forming a European company. Q: Who is named as the seller on the consumer invoice? A: Operator One is. As your Merchant of Record we are the legal seller of every transaction, which means our company is on the consumer invoice, on the marketplace listing's seller line, and on the VAT obligation. Your brand stays in front of the shopper everywhere it matters (brand registry, listing content, packaging, A+ content, customer messaging); the transaction layer is ours. Q: What happens to my listings, brand registry and reviews if I leave Operator One? A: They stay with you. Brand Registry enrolment is in your name from day one. The listings carry your brand. Reviews accumulate on the listing, tied to the product (GTIN), not to the seller. If the engagement ends, you keep the brand, the IP, the content, and your reviews. We just stop being the legal seller behind them. We deliberately don't lock brands in; we'd rather earn the renewal. Q: How quickly can I go live on European marketplaces with an MoR? A: About 30 days from contract signature to first live sale, market by market. That compares with 12 to 18 months DIY for the entity formation, VAT registrations, GPSR Responsible Person appointment, EPR registrations and marketplace account approvals. Brands with clean PIM data go live faster; complex Brand Registry or regulated-category cases can take longer. The 30-day onboarding is structured: catalogue handover, listings approved per locale, then first live order under Operator One as Merchant of Record. Q: Which European marketplaces can a Merchant of Record put me on? A: All the major ones. Operator One is the legal seller across 100+ EU and UK marketplaces today: Amazon (DE, FR, IT, ES, NL, BE, PL, SE, IE plus UK), Bol.com (NL + BE), Kaufland (DE, AT, CZ, SK, PL, FR, IT), Allegro (PL, CZ, SK, HU), eMAG (RO, HU, BG), Zalando (pan-EU, not UK), OTTO, About You, MediaMarkt, Cdiscount, Fnac/Darty, ManoMano, Leroy Merlin, Decathlon, Shop Apotheke, Breuninger, CDON, ePRICE, Worten, and more, across 28 countries (27 EU + UK). Q: Who takes on the GPSR Responsible Person, EPR and DAC7 obligations under an MoR? A: DAC7 sits with Operator One. EPR registrations are per country and per stream: Operator One holds the packaging, WEEE and battery registrations for the goods it sells and files the declarations, and where a market requires a locally established authorised representative we commonly arrange one during onboarding (not every market requires one). DAC7: we are the reported party, so your brand is not subject to DAC7 reporting because you are not the marketplace seller of record. Product safety is different. Where Operator One imports the goods into the EU it is the EU importer, and so the responsible economic operator under Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Art. 4 and GPSR Art. 16 (for harmonised electronics, together with the sector directive importer article such as RED Art. 12). As importer we verify that the technical file and EU Declaration of Conformity exist, add our name and postal address, keep the DoC for 10 years, make documents available to authorities and run corrective action. CE marking, the conformity assessment, the technical file and the DoC stay with the manufacturer. When you import yourselves the role stays with you and we support the requirements (documentation, marketplace-account configuration). We sort this out per engagement. Q: What does a Merchant of Record actually cost? A: Operator One's MoR engagement consolidates all operational, compliance and financial-risk responsibilities into a single monthly settlement. The specific commercial frame depends on your category, GMV range, and fulfilment shape, and is set on a discovery call — you'll have full transparency before signing. The rough fit is mid-market+ marketplace GMV potential; we'll tell you honestly on the discovery call if it isn't a match. Q: What exactly does Operator One do? A: Operator One is a Merchant of Record plus managed-service operation that runs your marketplace storefronts end-to-end. We handle catalogue onboarding, SEO-optimized listings per locale, fulfilment & returns, customer service, retail media, repricing, and unified reporting. You stay in the cockpit; we do the operating. Q: How is this different from an agency or a connector tool? A: Tools give you a connector. Agencies give you people. Neither alone solves marketplaces. O1 combines the platform with a dedicated operations pod under one master agreement, and we become the legal seller, so you do not have to integrate four vendors or set up local entities. Q: Do I keep ownership of my brand and IP? A: Yes, 100%. You keep the brand, the IP and product development. Operator One is the Merchant of Record (the legal seller on the marketplace) while you remain the brand owner. The consumer transaction relationship is O1's because we're the legal seller of every order, so we handle every customer-facing post-sale touchpoint (invoicing, returns, support) as part of the MoR. If you ever leave O1, your brand, listings and brand registry stay yours. Q: What categories does O1 work best for? A: We specialize in consumer brands across home, beauty, sports, electronics, pet, ambient food and lifestyle. We do not work with restricted categories we cannot make compliant, and we will tell you up front if your category is not a fit. Q: How long is onboarding? A: 30 days is the typical target: catalogue handover, listings approved per locale, then first live order under O1 as Merchant of Record. Brands with clean PIM data can go live faster; complex brand-registry cases can take longer. Q: Do you handle fulfilment or just listings? A: Both. Operator One operates two own EU fulfilment centres (one in Germany, one in the Netherlands) and plugs into the marketplaces' own logistics: Amazon FBA, Bol.com logistics (LVB) and other marketplace fulfilment programs. So you get pan-EU reach through the platforms' networks on top of our own FCs, and you can mix own-FC, FBA, FBM and platform fulfilment per SKU per country. Q: What about returns? A: Returns are a major operational cost in EU marketplaces and we own the full flow end-to-end. We process them through our two EU fulfilment centres (DE + NL) and the marketplaces' own returns flows, do basic refurb, and re-list re-saleable units automatically. Returns, refunds, restocking and write-offs — all handled as part of MoR. Q: How are customer-service tickets handled? A: A multilingual team handles tickets on an SLA-aware queue per marketplace, with full visibility in your reporting. We staff for fast first-response across European languages. Q: How does pricing work? A: One Merchant-of-Record model, tailored to your catalogue, categories and target markets. Not off-the-shelf tiers. Because the right commercials depend on your situation, we put a clear, transparent quote in front of you on a short discovery call rather than a generic price list. Q: Is there a long contract? A: We work on a standard initial term with an exit clause after it. We deliberately avoid locking brands in, because we would rather earn the renewal. The specifics are set out in your agreement. Q: What is the minimum to make this worthwhile? A: The rough fit is mid-market+ marketplace GMV potential — we'll tell you honestly on the discovery call if it isn't a match. Q: Do I pay extra for new marketplaces? A: Scaling into new marketplaces is built into how the engagement works, so adding a market stays predictable: no renegotiating everything each time. We'll walk you through exactly how it works on a call. Q: What does O1 integrate with? A: ERP/PIM systems such as SAP, NetSuite, Microsoft Dynamics, Akeneo and Pimcore; ecommerce platforms such as Shopify, Magento and BigCommerce; plus a REST API and webhooks. All via native connectors, not brittle middleware. Q: Can I access my raw data? A: Yes. Brands get reporting access covering orders, listings, ad spend and customer-service tickets, refreshed regularly. API access is available for ERP sync and BI dashboards. Q: Is there an API? A: Yes: REST plus webhooks, mostly used for ERP sync and BI dashboards. Developer docs are available at app.o1.eu/api/documentation. Q: Where is data hosted? A: On EU cloud infrastructure with failover. Personal data stays in the EU and the platform is GDPR compliant; a DPA is signed at contract start. Q: Do you handle VAT? A: Yes. OSS and IOSS across the EU, plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock, fiscal representation where required, Intrastat, and separate UK VAT. As your Merchant of Record, O1 is the party on the consumer invoice, so the VAT on those sales and DAC7 reporting sit with us. That holds for bulk and import lanes; if orders ship from your own stock in another member state, that can create a VAT registration for you, and we map it before launch. Q: What about GPSR, EPR and DSA? A: All built in. EPR: O1 holds the packaging, WEEE/electronics and battery registrations for the goods it sells, per country and per stream, files the declarations, and arranges a locally established authorised representative in markets that require one. Product safety: where O1 imports the goods into the EU it is the EU importer and responsible economic operator (Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Art. 4, GPSR Art. 16); it verifies the manufacturer's technical file and Declaration of Conformity exist, adds its name and postal address, keeps the DoC for 10 years and runs corrective action. CE marking stays with the manufacturer. When the brand or another party imports, the role stays with them and we support the documentation and marketplace-account setup. DSA: content-moderation and trader-verification flows handled. We do not list products that cannot be made compliant. Q: Is O1 GDPR-compliant? A: Yes. A DPA is signed at contract start, data residency is in the EU, and right-to-erasure flows are supported through your reporting access. Q: How do you handle counterfeit and IP issues? A: Brand Registry enrollment early, a takedown desk integrated with marketplace IP-enforcement programs, and ongoing monitoring, so unauthorized listings get removed faster. --- # /merchant-of-record — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces # https://o1.eu/merchant-of-record # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary A Merchant of Record (MoR) is the legal entity that sells the product to the end consumer on a marketplace — named on the invoice, collecting VAT, holding the seller account, and carrying consumer-law liability. Operator One acts as your MoR across 27 EU countries plus the UK, so you sell into Europe without setting up a local entity or compliance infrastructure, with VAT run through Operator One's OSS and IOSS filings plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock. ## Key facts - MoR is not a distributor (does not buy your stock) and not an agency (does not just operate your account) — MoR is the legal seller. - Operator One is on the consumer invoice and the marketplace seller line; the brand keeps brand, IP, listings, Brand Registry, packaging and reviews. - Single MoR relationship covers EU VAT (OSS and IOSS, plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock), UK VAT, EU importer and GPSR responsible economic operator duties (when O1 imports the goods), DAC7 reporting, EPR per country and per stream, importer checks on the manufacturer's technical file and EU Declaration of Conformity, marketplace-specific obligations. - Non-EU brands (US, UK, Asia) use MoR + IoR to reach EU shoppers with no European company. - Brand Registry stays in the brand's name; reviews accumulate on the listing (GTIN) not the seller — so the brand keeps everything if the engagement ever ends. ## FAQ Q: What does Merchant of Record mean exactly? A: A Merchant of Record (MoR) is the legal entity that processes the sale, collects VAT, and takes regulatory responsibility for each transaction as the seller. When Operator One is your MoR, we are the seller on the marketplace, not you. Your brand supplies the products and keeps the manufacturer obligations (CE marking and the technical file); we carry the fiscal and legal obligations of the seller. Q: How is Merchant of Record different from a distributor or 3PL? A: A distributor buys your stock and resells it, often at a discount. A 3PL handles warehousing and logistics only. A Merchant of Record handles all three, plus VAT, legal compliance, marketplace account management, customer service, and returns, while preserving your brand identity on the marketplace. Q: Does Operator One take ownership of my products? A: No. We act as your MoR for the purpose of the marketplace transaction only. You retain brand ownership, product IP, and pricing control. We handle the legal and fiscal layer of each sale. Q: How does the two-transaction model work? A: Economically it behaves like two transactions: you supply goods to us, and we, as the legal seller on the marketplace, sell to the end consumer. The consumer invoice is ours, so VAT collection, DAC7 reporting and consumer-law liability sit with us. You stay the brand owner and receive a consolidated monthly settlement. Q: Do I need an EU legal entity to work with Operator One? A: No. Because we act as both Merchant of Record and Importer of Record, non-EU brands can sell across the EU and UK without setting up a local company. VAT runs through Operator One's OSS and IOSS filings, plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock, so bulk and import lanes need no VAT registration from the brand; shipping orders from the brand's own stock in another member state can still require one. Q: Which regulations does the MoR relationship cover? A: Our MoR relationship covers EU VAT (OSS and IOSS across the EU, plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock), UK VAT, the EU importer and responsible economic operator duties where Operator One imports the goods (Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Art. 4, GPSR Art. 16), DAC7 reporting, EPR (Extended Producer Responsibility) per country and per stream, and marketplace-specific compliance requirements. As importer we verify that the manufacturer's technical file and EU Declaration of Conformity exist, add our name and postal address, keep the DoC for 10 years and run corrective action; CE marking itself stays with the manufacturer. Q: Can I leave Operator One later if I want to bring it in-house? A: Yes. We work on a standard initial term with an exit clause and we deliberately avoid locking brands in. We would rather earn the renewal. Your brand, listings and Brand Registry stay yours; only the seller entity changes. --- # /marketplace-expansion — EU & UK marketplace expansion — sell across 28 European markets # https://o1.eu/marketplace-expansion # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One opens pan-European marketplace presence under one Merchant of Record agreement — Amazon EU, Bol.com, Zalando, OTTO, Cdiscount, Allegro and 90+ more. Brands get country-by-country market entry, multilingual listings, fulfilment routing and full compliance from day one, without local entities; VAT runs through Operator One's OSS and IOSS filings plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock. ## Key facts - Coverage: 27 EU countries + the UK; one master agreement replaces fragmented per-country setup. - Launch sequencing prioritises the highest-fit markets first instead of a flat 28-country push. - Multilingual listings + per-locale content + category-specific advertising bundled into the engagement. - Fulfilment routing across EU warehouses tuned to peak events (Prime Day, Black Friday, Singles' Day) so stock lands in the right country. - Typical time from contract to live sale in a new market: ~30 days; DIY equivalent is 12-18 months per market. ## FAQ Q: Which European marketplaces does Operator One sell on? A: We are active on 100+ EU and UK marketplaces including all Amazon EU locales (DE, FR, IT, ES, NL, SE, PL, BE, IE) plus Amazon UK, Bol.com, OTTO, Zalando, Cdiscount, Allegro, Kaufland, ManoMano, Leroy Merlin, ePRICE, La Redoute, and many more. Q: Do I need to manage separate accounts on each marketplace? A: No. Operator One holds and manages all marketplace seller accounts under our Merchant of Record entity. You don't need your own accounts, and you're not exposed to account suspension risk. Q: How does UK expansion work post-Brexit? A: Post-Brexit, the UK requires separate VAT registration and compliance with UK-specific consumer and product-safety law. On marking, Great Britain continues to recognise the CE marking alongside or in place of the UKCA marking. Operator One handles the UK seller and importer requirements alongside EU expansion, treating EU + UK as a single expansion motion. Q: How do you handle multilingual listings across markets? A: Our in-house content team creates culturally adapted, native-language listings for each target marketplace, not just machine translations. We optimise for local search behaviour, marketplace algorithms, and category-specific buyer expectations. Q: What tier of marketplaces should I prioritise first? A: For most non-EU brands, we recommend starting with Amazon DE, FR, IT, and ES alongside Bol.com in NL/BE, these five account for over 75% of EU marketplace GMV. We add additional marketplaces in subsequent phases based on category fit and logistics efficiency. --- # /european-marketplace-landscape — The European Marketplace Landscape — 28 Countries, 100+ Platforms # https://o1.eu/european-marketplace-landscape # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary The state of European e-commerce marketplaces in 2026: 28 countries (27 EU + UK), 100+ active platforms, approximately €900bn in B2C e-commerce of which marketplaces own roughly half (~€450bn addressable channel GMV). Pan-European expansion is gated by a regulatory stack — OSS and IOSS plus a local VAT registration in each country where stock is held, GPSR Responsible Person obligations since December 2024, DAC7 marketplace seller reporting, per-country EPR registrations, and CE marking. The page covers the tier-1 marketplaces (Amazon EU+UK, Bol.com, Zalando, Kaufland, OTTO, Allegro, Cdiscount, ManoMano, MediaMarkt, Shop Apotheke, About You, TikTok Shop EU), country-by-country marketplace mix, six trends shaping 2026 (social commerce, CEE consolidation, DAC7 enforcement, GPSR gate, EPR fragmentation, 1P retreat), the compliance frameworks brands must clear, the DIY trap that stalls most pan-EU launches, and the Merchant of Record path that collapses the 18-month operational build into a 30-day operator handoff. ## Key facts - 28 markets — 27 EU member states + United Kingdom - 100+ active e-commerce marketplaces; Operator One operates on the 100+ that handle commercially meaningful brand-side volume - European B2C e-commerce ~€900bn in 2024 (Ecommerce Europe Report 2025); marketplaces ~50% share = ~€450bn addressable channel - Tier-1 marketplaces: Amazon (DE/FR/IT/ES/NL/SE/PL/BE/IE/UK), Bol.com (NL/BE), Zalando (28 markets), Kaufland (DE/AT/CZ/SK/PL), OTTO (DE), Allegro (PL/CZ/SK/HU), Cdiscount + Fnac/Darty (FR), ManoMano (FR/ES/IT/DE/UK), MediaMarkt+Saturn (10 markets), Shop Apotheke (6 markets), About You + ASOS, TikTok Shop EU (rolling out through 2025-2026) - Compliance stack: EU VAT OSS + IOSS + local registrations wherever stock is held · GPSR Responsible Person (Regulation (EU) 2023/988, in force 13 Dec 2024) · DAC7 (Council Directive (EU) 2021/514, reporting since 1 Jan 2023) · EPR per-country (packaging, batteries, WEEE, textiles) · CE marking by the manufacturer (Great Britain accepts CE or UKCA) - DIY pan-European launch typically takes 12-18 months; Merchant of Record launch typically ~30 days to first marketplace + 90-180 days to expand across tier-1 platforms - Six trends in 2026: social commerce (TikTok Shop EU rollout), marketplace consolidation in CEE (Allegro, eMAG, Kaufland), DAC7 enforcement maturing, GPSR Responsible Person becoming a hard delisting gate, EPR fragmenting further per-country, Amazon 1P retreat pushing brands to 3P operators --- # /marketplace-operator — Marketplace Operator — end-to-end EU + UK management # https://o1.eu/marketplace-operator # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary End-to-end marketplace operations under Operator One as Merchant of Record: listings, content, advertising, logistics, customer support, account health and compliance across 100+ EU and UK marketplaces. Brands hand over the operating layer; Operator One sells as itself, with the brand kept fully visible on every listing. ## Key facts - One operating pod covers listings + PPC + content + account health + customer service across every marketplace under the agreement. - Listings are localised per locale, not English-only — tone, search terms, A+ content and imagery are built per market. - Advertising runs centrally: sponsored campaigns, bid + keyword work and budget allocation across enabled marketplaces. - Seller and importer compliance (VAT, EPR, GPSR importer duties, DAC7) sits inside the MoR wrapper, with no separate per-market vendor stack; CE marking and the EU Declaration of Conformity stay with the manufacturer. - Customer service runs under Operator One's seller account; the brand keeps the brand on every consumer touchpoint. ## FAQ Q: What does a Marketplace Operator do? A: A Marketplace Operator manages your entire presence on EU marketplaces, from product listings and advertising to logistics, customer service, account health, and compliance. Operator One goes further by also acting as your Merchant of Record, carrying the fiscal and legal liability of the seller. Q: Who runs PPC and advertising under the Operator service? A: Our in-house PPC team runs Sponsored Products, Sponsored Brands, Sponsored Display and DSP on Amazon plus self-serve advertising on Bol.com, Cdiscount and other ad-enabled marketplaces. Bids, budgets and creative are managed weekly and reported back through the O1 Suite. Q: Who handles returns and customer service? A: We do. Returns flow into our two own EU fulfilment centres (DE + NL) and the marketplaces' own returns programmes, with basic refurbishment and automatic re-listing of resaleable units. A multilingual team handles consumer tickets on an SLA-aware queue per marketplace. Q: Do I keep my brand identity on the marketplace? A: Yes. Your products are listed under your brand name, with your brand assets, A+ content, and Brand Registry protections. Operator One operates as the backend seller entity while your brand is front and centre for consumers. Q: Who owns the marketplace accounts, us or you? A: We do. Because Operator One is the Merchant of Record, the seller accounts on Amazon, Bol.com, Zalando and the rest sit under our entity. Account-health risk, suspensions and appeals are ours to manage, not yours. Q: Which marketplaces are included? A: Our Marketplace Operator service covers all major EU and UK platforms: Amazon (all EU locales + UK), Bol.com, OTTO, Zalando, Cdiscount, Allegro, Kaufland, ManoMano, and 90+ additional marketplaces based on category fit. Q: What reporting do I get? A: You log into the O1 Suite at app.o1.eu to see sales, orders, returns, buy-box status and ad performance across every connected marketplace. Scheduled reports go out weekly/monthly, and a REST API plus webhooks are available for ERP or BI sync. --- # /o1-suite — O1 Suite: the marketplace operating system brands log into # https://o1.eu/o1-suite # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary O1 Suite is the software platform Operator One runs a brand’s marketplace business from, at app.o1.eu. Eighteen modules across six menu groups (Insights, Sales, Products, Planning, Replenishment, Finance) cover sales analytics, catalogue and listing status, buy box and repricing, budgets, automatic replenishment, inventory health, purchase orders and shipments, settlements, invoices, scheduled reporting and a documented REST API. Operator One’s own operators work in the same screens the brand logs into, so there is no separate agency portal or reporting lag. Coverage is every marketplace Operator One operates for the brand: 100+ platforms across 28 countries. ## Key facts - Suite is included with an Operator One engagement rather than licensed as standalone software; commercial terms are tailored per brand and discussed on a discovery call. - One data model spans every marketplace Operator One operates for a brand: 100+ platforms across 28 countries (27 EU member states plus the UK), including all Amazon EU locales and the UK, bol.com, Kaufland, OTTO, Zalando, Cdiscount, Allegro and ManoMano, so orders, stock and listings from every channel sit in a single ledger. - Automatic replenishment forecasts demand per product from five sales windows (7, 14, 30, 60 and 120 days) weighted towards the most recent fortnight, nets off stock on hand and stock in transit, then applies target cover, supplier lead time, minimum order quantity and carton rounding. Every suggested line stores the calculation that produced it, and the brand reviews each line before anything is committed. - O1 Suite does not use artificial intelligence or machine learning to forecast. The replenishment engine is a weighted moving average plus deterministic supply rules, chosen so that every reorder quantity can be explained and audited rather than taken on trust. - Repricing is controlled by a list price per country in local currency plus a repricing allowance, which is the maximum discount below list the repricer may apply. It is set per product per country, with a brand-wide default as the fallback. - Every order carries a settlement state (new, pending marketplace, ready for settlement, paid, refunded, partially refunded) with a dated history, and the Finance area holds invoices, self-billing statements and credit notes with the documents attached. - A read-only iOS and Android companion app is published across the European Union, and a documented REST API reads and writes orders, products, prices, purchase orders, shipments, returns and advertising performance. ## FAQ Q: What is O1 Suite? A: O1 Suite is the marketplace operating system Operator One runs your business from, at app.o1.eu. It spans eighteen modules across insights, sales, products, planning, replenishment and finance, plus the platform layer, and your team logs into the same screens our operators work in. Q: Does O1 Suite use artificial intelligence? A: No, and we would rather say so than market a buzzword. The replenishment forecast is a weighted moving average across five sales windows followed by your own supply rules, and every suggested order quantity stores the calculation that produced it so any line can be explained. Q: Can O1 Suite be licensed as standalone software? A: No. Suite comes with an Operator One engagement rather than as a separate product, because the platform and the operations team are one service. Commercial terms are tailored per brand and we walk through them on a discovery call. Q: Which marketplaces does O1 Suite cover? A: Every marketplace Operator One operates for you: 100+ platforms across 28 countries, the 27 EU member states plus the United Kingdom. That includes all Amazon EU locales and the UK, bol.com, Kaufland, OTTO, Zalando, Cdiscount, Allegro and ManoMano, and they share one data model so orders, stock and listings from every channel sit in a single ledger. Q: How does automatic replenishment decide what to reorder? A: It forecasts demand per product from five sales windows weighted towards the most recent fortnight, then nets off stock on hand and stock already in transit before applying your target cover, lead time, minimum order quantity and carton size. End-of-life products and blocked seasons are never reordered, and you review every line before anything is committed. Q: Can we connect O1 Suite to our own ERP or BI tools? A: Yes. Suite publishes a documented REST API covering orders, returns, products, prices, purchase orders, shipments and advertising performance, and it writes as well as reads so your PIM or ERP can create products and set prices per country. Q: Is there a mobile app for O1 Suite? A: Yes, on iOS and Android across the European Union. It is a read-only companion covering performance, advertising, orders, purchase orders, shipments and returns per brand and per marketplace. --- # /advertising-and-content — Marketplace Advertising & Content — EU growth # https://o1.eu/advertising-and-content # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One's advertising and content team drives visibility and sales across 100+ EU marketplaces — sponsored campaigns, multilingual listings, A+ content and data-driven PPC. The team works inside the MoR setup, so creative + media + compliance + listing health move together rather than in silos. ## Key facts - Sponsored Products + Sponsored Brands managed across Amazon, Bol.com and other ad-enabled marketplaces with weekly bid + keyword + budget work. - A+ content, brand-store work and EBC built per locale, not as one English page reused. - Listing copy localised by market with category-aware keyword research, not just translation. - Visual Forge (in-house AI studio) extends imagery + infographic + video output at scale where it fits the brand. - Reporting ties ad spend back to marketplace-level P&L instead of channel-level vanity metrics. ## FAQ Q: What advertising platforms do you manage? A: We manage Sponsored Products, Sponsored Brands, Sponsored Display, and DSP on Amazon across all EU locales and UK. We also run advertising on Bol.com, Cdiscount, and other platforms with self-serve advertising capabilities. Q: How do you handle content in multiple languages? A: We use native-speaker copywriters for each language, not translation software. Each listing is adapted for local consumer behaviour, search intent, and marketplace algorithm preferences. We cover German, French, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Polish, Swedish, Czech, and more. Q: Can I add Advertising & Content to an existing Marketplace Operator contract? A: Yes. Advertising & Content is available as a standalone service or as an add-on to our Marketplace Operator service. Many brands start with Operator and add advertising once they're live. Q: How often do you report on advertising performance? A: Weekly PPC reports and monthly content audits land in your O1 Suite dashboard, with ROAS, ACOS, ranking and conversion broken down per market. A monthly review call walks through next-step recommendations. Q: Who owns the listings and creative we make for you? A: You do. Listing copy, A+ content, Brand Store assets and creative are yours and stay with you if you ever leave Operator One. We never gate-keep brand assets we build on your behalf. --- # /marketplace-consultancy — Marketplace Consultancy — EU expansion strategy # https://o1.eu/marketplace-consultancy # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One's consultancy practice helps brands and agencies build internal EU marketplace capability — workshops, market intelligence and expansion roadmaps. Used as a standalone engagement or alongside the operational MoR setup when the brand wants both internal capability and outsourced execution. ## Key facts - EU Market Entry Assessment — prioritised entry sequence per category, with benchmarking against direct competition. - Marketplace selection — which platforms to launch first by country and category, not just 'all of Amazon'. - Pricing + positioning + catalogue strategy work for the EU operating environment, not the US one. - Internal team enablement — workshops, playbooks and processes the brand can keep running after the engagement. - Optional handoff to Operator One's MoR setup if the brand chooses operated growth over DIY build-out. ## FAQ Q: Who is Marketplace Consultancy for? A: Our consultancy is designed for brands that want strategic guidance before committing to a full managed service, brands building internal EU marketplace capability, and organisations that need a second opinion on their existing EU strategy. Q: What's the difference between consultancy and the Operator service? A: Consultancy is advisory: we deliver the strategy, audits, market selection and operational playbook, and your team executes. The Operator service is execution: we own the seller accounts, the compliance, the listings, the PPC and the customer service. Many brands start with consultancy and switch to Operator once the plan is validated. Q: What does Operator One deliver in a consultancy engagement? A: A typical engagement covers an EU market-entry assessment, marketplace-selection audit, compliance readiness review (VAT, GPSR, EPR, DAC7), cross-market pricing and margin modelling, and a documented operational playbook your team can execute. Q: How long does a consultancy engagement take? A: Engagements range from a single-day workshop up to a 4–6 week strategic project. Scope is agreed upfront with no ongoing commitment unless you choose to extend. Q: Who owns the playbook and outputs? A: You do. Every deliverable (market briefs, compliance checklists, the operational playbook) is yours to keep, share internally, and use whether or not you continue with Operator One. Q: Can consultancy lead into a Marketplace Operator engagement? A: Yes, many clients start with a consultancy engagement to validate their strategy and then transition to our full Marketplace Operator service for execution. The consultancy deliverables directly inform the onboarding roadmap. --- # /forges/visual — Visual Forge — AI product imagery, infographics & A+ content # https://o1.eu/forges/visual # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Visual Forge is Operator One's in-house AI-augmented visual studio: it turns plain product photos into studio-grade marketplace assets, infographics and A+ content. Used inside MoR engagements where catalogue visuals are the bottleneck on conversion across EU marketplaces, and offered as a standalone product to brands and agencies. ## Key facts - Output covers main images, infographics, A+ modules, lifestyle and video for Amazon, Bol.com, Zalando and other major EU marketplaces. - AI + human-review workflow — generation is fast, but every asset is reviewed before it hits a listing. - Per-locale visual variants where the marketplace rewards it (Amazon DE vs FR vs IT vs ES messaging on the same listing). - Throughput target: 10,000+ assets/month at production quality. - Brand consistency enforced by a brand-spec sheet at engagement start — generated assets follow the brand, not the model. ## FAQ Q: Who owns the rights to assets Visual Forge produces? A: You do. Every render, infographic, A+ panel, video short and 3D scene we ship under your brand is yours to use across any channel: marketplaces, your DTC site, retail, paid social. We never gate or relicense assets back to you. Q: What output formats does Visual Forge produce? A: Product photography, infographics, A+ / EBC content panels, lifestyle composites, short-form video, and 3D product scenes. All exported to every marketplace's spec (Amazon, Bol.com, Zalando, OTTO, etc.) plus DTC web sizes. Outputs are syndicated through the O1 PIM so the same canonical asset lands on every channel. Q: How fast is turnaround on a new SKU range? A: Hours, not weeks, for AI-augmented renders once we have clean source imagery. Bespoke shoots and 3D scenes take longer; we agree the sample-render → full-catalogue timeline on a kickoff call. Q: Can I use Visual Forge for just photo, or just A+ content? A: Yes. Visual Forge is modular: brands pick the slices they need (photo only, infographics only, A+ only, video only, or the full stack). It's also available standalone, separate from a Marketplace Operator engagement. Q: Which languages does Visual Forge cover? A: 20+ languages including German, French, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Polish, Swedish, Czech and Hungarian, all adapted by native-speaker editors rather than machine-translated. Locale-specific A+ and infographic copy lands in each marketplace's storefront. Q: How does Visual Forge connect to the rest of the O1 stack? A: Outputs publish into Content Forge / the O1 PIM at pim.o1.eu, then syndicate to every marketplace and locale automatically. One canonical asset → every channel, always in sync with the underlying product data. --- # /marketplaces — European Marketplaces — directory of 100+ EU & UK platforms # https://o1.eu/marketplaces # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Directory of every marketplace Operator One sells on across the EU + UK — 100+ platforms with their access model, commission range, category focus, requirements and our operational status. Used by brands to see which channels fit their catalogue before scoping the MoR engagement. ## Key facts - Listed marketplaces include Amazon (DE/FR/IT/ES/NL/BE/PL/SE/IE/UK), Bol.com, Zalando, OTTO, Cdiscount, Allegro, Kaufland, MediaMarkt, ManoMano, Leroy Merlin, Decathlon, Shop Apotheke, About You, Breuninger, CDON, ePRICE, Worten, Fnac, Darty and more. - Each entry shows access model (open / curated / invite), commission range, category focus, requirements and Operator One status (live / supported / on-request). - All listed marketplaces are operated under MoR — Operator One is the legal seller and handles per-country VAT, GPSR, EPR and DAC7. - Updated alongside the engagement portfolio; new marketplaces are added once we're live with a brand on them. ## FAQ Q: Why are some marketplaces 'Open' and others 'Curated'? A: Open marketplaces (Amazon, Bol.com, Allegro, Kaufland) let any registered seller list once basic catalogue and compliance requirements are met. Curated marketplaces (Zalando, About You, OTTO, MediaMarkt, Breuninger) require an application and a brand-fit approval before you can sell; invite-only (ASOS) is exactly that. Q: How does Operator One get my brand into Curated marketplaces like Zalando, OTTO, MediaMarkt or Breuninger? A: We submit the brand application as the legal seller and walk it through each marketplace's brand-fit review, including category positioning, pricing, catalogue depth and content readiness. The relationships and approval history are already in place, so most curated launches go faster through us than a brand approaching the marketplace cold. Q: Can I pick which marketplaces I sell on, or does O1 decide? A: You decide. We recommend a launch mix based on your category, margin profile and logistics setup, but the final list is yours and you can add or pause marketplaces as you go. There is no requirement to launch on all 100+ at once. Q: What's the difference between 'Live', 'On request' and 'Planned' status? A: 'Live' means O1 holds an active seller account and is selling there today. 'On request' means we operate it via a partner agreement rather than a directly held O1 account; we confirm fit and timeline on a discovery call. 'Planned' means it's on the roadmap but not yet enabled. Q: Are these commission ranges what I'll actually pay? A: The ranges shown are illustrative public approximations and depend heavily on category, deal terms and current promotions. The number that actually matters is the whole P&L for your catalogue, which we audit on a discovery call instead of quoting a headline percentage. Q: Do I need separate VAT registrations for every marketplace? A: No. Operator One is the legal seller on every marketplace listed here, so EU VAT on those sales (OSS and IOSS, plus local VAT registrations where Operator One holds stock), UK VAT and DAC7 reporting sit with us. On bulk and import lanes the brand needs no VAT registration in the destination countries; shipping orders from the brand's own stock in another member state can still create one, and we map that before launch. Q: What if my product category isn't in the listed categories? A: The category tags on each marketplace card are the ones we see drive volume today, but they're not exhaustive. Send us your category on a discovery call and we'll tell you which marketplaces actually convert for it and which ones we'd skip. Q: How long until I can be live on Amazon DE, Bol.com, Allegro or Kaufland? A: The standard target is ~30 days from contract signature to first live sale for open marketplaces with clean catalogue data. Curated marketplaces (Zalando, OTTO, MediaMarkt, Breuninger) and regulated categories can take longer because the brand-fit review and compliance docs are deeper. Q: Can you operate on marketplaces not in this directory? A: Often, yes. The 100+ marketplaces O1 supports include directly held seller accounts and partner-network access; this page is the public subset we maintain in detail. If you have a specific marketplace in mind that isn't listed, ask on a discovery call and we'll tell you straight whether we can put you live. Q: What happens if a marketplace bans Operator One's account? A: Marketplace account risk is ours, not yours. We hold the seller account, so account-health, suspension appeals and reinstatement work all sit with us, with documented backup processes for the marketplaces where suspension exposure is highest. Your brand stays selling on the other marketplaces in the meantime. Q: Do you handle returns on all of these marketplaces? A: Yes. Returns flow through O1's two own EU fulfilment centres (DE and NL) plus the marketplaces' own returns programmes such as FBA and Bol.com logistics. We process, refurbish where appropriate, and re-list re-saleable units automatically across every marketplace in the directory. Q: Why aren't some Nordic, Baltic or Adriatic marketplaces listed yet? A: The directory shows the marketplaces where we either hold a directly operated seller account or run a documented partner setup. Some Nordic, Baltic and Adriatic platforms are on the roadmap rather than live, and we'd rather mark them honestly than over-promise. Ask on a call if your target country is one of them and we'll tell you what's realistic. --- # /how-it-works — How It Works — from contract to live sales in ~30 days # https://o1.eu/how-it-works # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One's ~30-day onboarding takes a brand from signed contract to first live sale across EU + UK marketplaces. Four phases: Discovery, Strategy & Integration, Pre-Launch, Launch — covering catalogue handover, listings per locale, VAT/GPSR/EPR setup and marketplace account approvals. ## Key facts - Phase 1 — Discovery: catalogue audit, market-fit scoping, target marketplaces and locales agreed. - Phase 2 — Strategy & Integration: PIM handover, brand-spec sheet, per-locale content plan, marketplace account work begins. - Phase 3 — Pre-Launch: VAT + EPR + GPSR support (Operator One as EU importer and responsible economic operator where it imports the goods) + DAC7 wiring; listings drafted per locale; Brand Registry checked. - Phase 4 — Launch: listings live, ads on, first orders shipped from Operator One's intake; monthly settlement cadence begins. - Brands with clean PIM data go live faster; regulated categories (electronics, health, food) can take longer than 30 days. ## FAQ Q: How long does onboarding actually take? A: The standard onboarding programme is ~30 days from contract signature to first live sale, structured as four weeks: Discovery, Strategy & Integration, Pre-Launch, and Launch. Brands with clean PIM data can go faster; complex brand-registry cases can take longer. Q: What do I need to provide during Week 1? A: Your product catalogue (SKUs, EAN/GTIN, images, attributes), target EU/UK markets, current sales volume if any, and any compliance documents you already have (CE certificates, safety data sheets). We tell you up front what's missing so Weeks 2–4 stay on schedule. Q: Do I keep my existing marketplace accounts during the switch? A: We open new seller accounts under our Merchant of Record entity in parallel with any existing ones, so there's no period where your catalogue isn't selling. Once the new accounts are live and stable, we migrate or wind down the old ones in a controlled way. Q: What happens after Week 4? A: Launch is the start, not the finish. Daily account health monitoring, weekly PPC management, continuous listing optimisation, customer support, monthly VAT/OSS filings, EPR and DAC7 reporting all run as ongoing operations, with a monthly review call and dashboard report. Q: What can delay onboarding past 30 days? A: Three things typically: incomplete product compliance documentation (CE, GPSR), a curated marketplace's brand-fit review window, and PIM data that needs significant cleanup. We flag any of these in Week 1 so the timeline stays honest. Q: How does this compare to DIY EU expansion? A: DIY setup (entity formation, per-country VAT registration, marketplace approvals, in-house compliance build) typically takes 12–18 months. Our ~30-day onboarding compresses that to four weeks because the infrastructure already exists and we're the one being approved, not you. --- # /how-we-work — How We Work — pod-led operations under Merchant of Record # https://o1.eu/how-we-work # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary How We Work explains the operational model behind Operator One's Merchant of Record service. Each client brand is run by a dedicated cross-functional pod: an account lead, a marketplace operator, a content specialist, a fulfilment coordinator, and an advertising manager. The pod owns weekly cadence — replenishment planning, listing health, PPC optimisation, returns triage, compliance follow-through (VAT filings, GPSR, DAC7, EPR) — and reports against shared marketplace KPIs. Operations are coordinated through O1 Suite, our operating platform; brands keep visibility through dashboards and weekly written summaries. The model contrasts with agency engagements (advisory, hourly) and DIY (brand-led, slow to scale) by giving brands a single accountable team with absorbed liability and end-to-end execution. ## Key facts - Each brand is run by a dedicated pod (account lead, operator, content, fulfilment, advertising). - Weekly cadence: replenishment planning, listing health, PPC, returns triage, compliance follow-through. - All operations coordinated through O1 Suite — the proprietary platform we use to run client accounts. - Brand visibility: dashboards + a weekly written summary per brand pod. - Compliance lives inside the pod: VAT filings (OSS + per-country), GPSR documentation, DAC7 reporting, EPR registrations, importer checks that the manufacturer's technical file and EU Declaration of Conformity exist. --- # /why-o1 — Why Operator One — MoR vs Agency vs DIY # https://o1.eu/why-o1 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Why brands choose Operator One over DIY EU expansion, traditional marketplace agencies and distributors. The difference is structural: Operator One is the legal seller (MoR), not a service vendor — so VAT, GPSR, EPR and DAC7 sit with us, not with the brand. ## Key facts - 5+ years of EU MoR operations — Operator One officially started in 2023 and has run in this Merchant-of-Record solution since 2021, with compliance infrastructure, marketplace relationships and fiscal registrations already in place. - Single contract covers 27 EU countries + UK; no per-country legal setup, no per-market VAT advisors, no individual marketplace applications. - Brand stays visible on listings, packaging, A+ content and customer messaging — the legal/fiscal layer is invisible to shoppers. - MoR vs Agency: agency keeps you as the legal seller; only MoR moves the legal-seller burden off the brand. - MoR vs Distributor / 1P: distributor buys your stock at a discount and resells under their own terms; MoR keeps brand + IP + listing control intact. ## FAQ Q: How is Operator One different from a marketplace agency? A: A traditional marketplace agency manages your listings and ads but leaves compliance, VAT, and legal exposure to you. Operator One acts as your Merchant of Record: we own the seller accounts, carry the VAT on the sales we make, the EU importer and GPSR responsible economic operator duties where we import the goods, DAC7 reporting, and marketplace account suspension risk. You get agency-level execution without carrying the legal-seller obligations yourself. Q: Why not just hire internally or use a distributor? A: Hiring internally for EU marketplace operations requires 12–18 months to build the infrastructure: entity formation, VAT registrations per country, marketplace account approvals, compliance programmes. A distributor gives you speed but strips your brand margin and pricing control. Operator One delivers speed without sacrificing margin or brand identity. Q: What makes Operator One's compliance coverage better? A: Operator One has been operating as an EU Merchant of Record since 2021 (Operator One officially started in 2023, scaling a Merchant-of-Record model the team has been running since then). We run OSS and IOSS across the EU plus local VAT registrations where we hold stock, and UK VAT; act as the EU importer and responsible economic operator for the goods we import; manage EPR registrations per country and per stream across multiple markets; and are the DAC7-reported seller on the marketplace accounts we hold. This infrastructure takes years to build. We built it so you don't have to. Q: Do I lose brand control when using Operator One? A: No. Your products are listed under your brand name, with your brand assets, Brand Registry protections, and pricing strategy. Consumers see your brand. We are invisible, operating only as the backend seller entity. You retain full IP ownership, pricing authority, and strategic direction. Q: What happens if Operator One makes a compliance mistake? A: Because Operator One is the Merchant of Record, penalties arising from the obligations we carry as seller, and as importer where we import the goods (VAT assessments, DAC7 and EPR filings, marketplace account violations), are our liability, not yours. This is the fundamental difference between an MoR relationship and an agency relationship. We carry the risk we manage; the conformity of your product with EU product rules stays with you as the manufacturer. --- # /about — About Operator One — founded by an ecom veteran # https://o1.eu/about # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One was founded by Ondrej Hradec — 12+ years in marketplace operations, starting at Babymarkt sourcing from China into European marketplaces. Today, Operator One is the Merchant of Record for European brands across 28 countries and 100+ marketplaces, operating out of Almere (NL, HQ) and Lucca (IT). ## Key facts - Operator One officially started in 2023 in the Netherlands under Ondrej Hradec (CEO & Co-Founder), after a decade-plus running marketplace operations end-to-end. - Two offices today: Almere, NL (HQ, Veluwezoom 32) and Lucca, IT. - 50+ brands actively managed; €50M+ GMV handled on the platform; 100+ marketplaces live. - Built as a Merchant of Record from day one — the platform was not retrofitted out of an agency. - Operates the O1 Suite product (brand portal: dashboards, returns, replenishment, ticketing) alongside the MoR service. ## FAQ Q: Who founded Operator One? A: Operator One was founded by Ondrej Hradec, an ecom veteran with more than a decade in marketplace operations. He started on the buyer side at Babymarkt (one of Germany's largest baby and kids retailers), sourcing product from China into European marketplaces, then founded Operator One to remove the EU expansion stack (entity, VAT, GPSR, EPR, DAC7, marketplace approvals) that he watched brand after brand have to rebuild from scratch. Q: Where is Operator One based? A: Operator One is registered in the Netherlands (KvK 90562704, Almere) and operates from offices in Almere (HQ) and Lucca. From those two hubs we run marketplace operations across all 27 EU member states and the UK. Q: How long has Operator One been operating as a Merchant of Record? A: About five years as Merchant of Record. Operator One officially started in 2023 and has operated in this MoR solution since 2021 — the legal seller of record for brands on European marketplaces ever since. That's the regulatory and operational depth a brand picks up the moment they sign with us. Q: Why a Merchant of Record model and not just a marketplace agency? A: Because the work that costs brands months (entity formation, per-country VAT, GPSR, EPR, DAC7, marketplace seller-of-record rules) only goes away if the operator IS the legal seller. An agency can manage your account; it can't take fiscal and regulatory liability for the transaction. The MoR model is what actually moves those constraints off the brand's books. Q: How big is the team? A: Operator One runs with a multilingual team across Almere and Lucca, plus two of our own EU fulfilment centres. We don't publish a headcount because it's the wrong question. What matters is that the operating pod assigned to your brand (account, ads, content, compliance, finance, fulfilment, customer service) is bigger than the in-house alternative you'd be staffing yourself. Q: What's the founder's day-to-day involvement? A: Ondrej is CEO and stays close to the operating side: new market openings, complex MoR onboardings, and the platform direction across O1 Suite and our internal Forges. Day-to-day account management sits with the dedicated brand pod, but the operator playbook is set from the top. Q: Does Operator One work with brands based outside the EU? A: Yes. A large part of what Operator One does is help non-EU brands (US, UK, Asia, Australia) enter European marketplaces without setting up a legal entity. We act as the Importer of Record and Merchant of Record, so the brand never needs an EU company, an EU VAT number, or an EU bank account to start selling. --- # /careers — Careers at Operator One — Almere & Lucca # https://o1.eu/careers # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Open roles at Operator One across marketplace operations, performance marketing, content and technology. Two hubs: Almere (NL) and Lucca (IT). The team builds and runs the Merchant of Record platform behind the brands we sell for. ## Key facts - Hiring areas: marketplace operations, performance marketing & PPC, content & catalogue, technology (Suite + integrations), data & analytics. - Locations: Almere (NL) HQ and Lucca (IT) hub. - Remote / hybrid options posted per role; not all roles are open to fully remote candidates. - Working language is English across the company. ## FAQ Q: Where does Operator One hire? A: We hire primarily for our Almere (NL) and Lucca (IT) offices, with a hybrid working model in both locations. Some roles are open to hybrid or full-remote within the EU; the role posting will say which. Q: What's the remote/hybrid policy? A: Most roles are hybrid: a regular cadence in office (Almere or Lucca) plus working-from-home days. A small number of senior or fully digital roles are remote-first within the EU; we don't currently hire fully remote outside Europe. Q: Which languages do I need to speak? A: English is the working language across the company. For most marketplace-operations and customer-service roles, a second EU language (German, French, Italian, Spanish, Dutch or Polish) is a strong plus. Specific language requirements are listed on each job posting. Q: What types of contract do you offer? A: Permanent full-time is the default for senior and operational roles. We also offer fixed-term internships for students and recent graduates (typically 6 months in Almere or Lucca). Contract specifics are confirmed in the role posting. Q: How do I apply if I don't see a matching role? A: Send a speculative application through the contact form at o1.eu/contact with a short note on what you'd want to work on and a CV. We read every one, and we frequently open roles ahead of posting them publicly. --- # /case-studies — Case Studies — EU marketplace expansion under MoR # https://o1.eu/case-studies # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Real outcomes from brands that scaled across European marketplaces with Operator One as Merchant of Record. Each case lists what changed when O1 became the legal seller, the headline result, and what makes the playbook transferable to similar brands. ## Key facts - Featured cases include Target Darts (record sales month within year one, from zero), Klingspor (industrial abrasives, +200% YoY Amazon), Saalt (US brand live in three EU markets in 4 weeks), X-Bionic (from vendor-only to seller control across 11 storefronts), Abeba (safety footwear, +60% YoY), Nutras (#1 lactase supplement on Amazon Italy), Dabur (75,000+ EU orders under MoR), AirTamer (US to EU expansion with MoR + IoR), Neofollics (live across 9 Amazon EU marketplaces), and more. - Every case is built on (a) the public headline metric the brand has approved and (b) generic MoR capabilities — no invented secondary revenue numbers. - Cases cover industrial supply, safety / PPE, medical supplies, health & nutrition, personal care, consumer electronics, power tools and international FMCG. ## FAQ Q: Which categories has Operator One scaled brands in under MoR? A: Published case studies span industrial supply (Klingspor), safety footwear (Abeba), medical supplies (Leina Werke), health & nutrition (Nutras), personal care (Neofollics), consumer electronics (AirTamer), power tools (BLSTR Sander), international FMCG (Dabur), sport equipment (Target Darts), performance sportswear (X-Bionic), period care (Saalt), drinkware (Kambukka), wellness devices (Dr. Ho), pet supplies (Best Pet Supplies), home care (Dayes, B&B Italiaans Wasparfum) and more: all run with O1 behind the storefronts as Merchant of Record or full-service marketplace operator. Q: What does 'under O1 Merchant of Record' actually mean for the brand in a case study? A: It means O1 is the legal seller in every EU market the brand operates in. VAT on the sales (OSS and IOSS, plus local registrations where O1 holds stock), EPR registrations for the goods O1 sells, DAC7, returns and the marketplace account sit with O1; where O1 imports the goods it is also the EU importer and GPSR responsible economic operator. The brand keeps the brand, the IP and product development; supplies the products; and receives revenue on one monthly settlement, without setting up local entities. The consumer transaction relationship is O1's because we are the legal seller of every order. Q: How long does it take to go from signing to first sale under MoR? A: Onboarding is ~30 days from contract to first orders: Discovery, Strategy & Integration, Pre-Launch, Launch. From there, scaling across more EU marketplaces and category leadership is measured in quarters, not weeks. The published case studies are the result of that scale over time, not month-one snapshots. Q: What counts as a result on a case study? A: We publish concrete commercial outcomes that the brand has validated: year-on-year revenue growth, category rank on a specific marketplace, number of marketplaces launched, or EU expansion delivered. Anything secondary stays in the discovery call so we don't publish numbers we haven't agreed with the brand. Q: Can I speak to a reference customer before signing? A: Yes. After the discovery call we can introduce you to a published reference brand in your category (subject to their availability). We won't connect you to a brand without their explicit consent. Q: Why aren't all O1 brands listed publicly? A: Some clients prefer not to publicise their EU expansion partner for competitive reasons, and we respect that. The case studies on the site are a representative cross-section, not the full client roster; the full list comes out under NDA on the discovery call. Q: How representative is a case study for my brand? A: Use them as directional, not as a forecast. The MoR + IoR setup is the same across all of them, but outcomes depend on category, starting catalogue depth, pricing and target marketplaces. We model your own scenario on the discovery call rather than promising someone else's numbers. --- # /news-insights — News & Insights — EU marketplace intelligence # https://o1.eu/news-insights # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Operator One's latest thinking on EU marketplace expansion, compliance updates, platform changes and e-commerce strategy. Press releases, product updates from the O1 Suite, and operator-perspective insights for brands selling across Europe. ## Key facts - Coverage areas: EU marketplace policy + compliance (GPSR, EPR, DAC7), Amazon EU + Bol.com + Zalando + OTTO + Cdiscount + Allegro + Kaufland platform changes, O1 Suite product updates. - Articles are written from an operator perspective — what changed, what it means for brands selling on the marketplace, what we're doing about it inside the MoR. - Updates feed both this page and the /llms-faq.txt knowledge file for AI agents. --- # /ebooks-guides — Ebooks & Guides — EU marketplace expansion resources # https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Free guides, ebooks and masterclass materials on EU marketplace expansion, Merchant of Record, GPSR compliance and cross-border e-commerce strategy from Operator One. Some assets are gated behind a short form, most are downloadable PDFs. ## Key facts - Topic coverage: EU marketplace strategy, MoR vs agency vs DIY, GPSR Responsible Person playbook, EPR per-country, VAT OSS, Brand Registry, multilingual listings. - Format mix: PDF ebooks, short guides, masterclass slide decks. - Assets are practitioner-written — by the team running the MoR engagements, not by an outsourced content shop. --- # /compliance-glossary — EU Marketplace Compliance Glossary — GPSR, DAC7, VAT OSS, EPR # https://o1.eu/compliance-glossary # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Plain-English definitions of every EU marketplace compliance obligation — Merchant of Record, Importer of Record, GPSR, DAC7, VAT OSS, EPR, CE marking, UKCA, GTIN/EAN, Brand Registry and more. Maintained alongside the operating engagements so the definitions match how the rules actually land. ## Key facts - Terms covered include: Merchant of Record (MoR), Importer of Record (IoR), VAT OSS, EU VAT registration, UK VAT post-Brexit, GPSR Responsible Person, DAC7 marketplace reporting, EPR (packaging / WEEE / batteries), CE marking, UKCA marking, Brand Registry, GTIN / EAN. - Definitions match how the rule applies to a brand selling on EU + UK marketplaces — not the academic version. - Cross-linked with the relevant Operator One service pages and FAQs so it stays grounded in live operations. --- # /contact — Contact Operator One — book a free EU marketplace consultation # https://o1.eu/contact # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Book a free 30-minute consultation with Operator One's EU marketplace experts. We assess the expansion opportunity for your catalogue and outline a roadmap within 48 hours, then quote the commercial model on the call rather than from a generic tier sheet. ## Key facts - Discovery call: 30 minutes, free, with a senior person from the marketplace operations team (not a sales pass-through). - Within ~48 hours after the call: a short roadmap of best-fit marketplaces, sequencing, and commercial model for your situation. - Offices: Almere (NL) HQ, Lucca (IT) hub. Email sales@o1.eu or phone +31 85 20 82 661. - Rough commercial fit: mid-market+ marketplace GMV potential — we'll tell you honestly on the discovery call if it isn't a match. ## FAQ Q: How do I contact Operator One? A: Use the contact form at o1.eu/contact or message us on LinkedIn at linkedin.com/company/operator1. We respond within one business day. For urgent matters, call our Almere office at +31 85 20 82 661. Q: Does Operator One offer a free consultation? A: Yes. We offer a free 30-minute discovery call with no obligation. We'll review your product category, target markets, and compliance requirements, then provide a concrete EU expansion roadmap within 48 hours. Q: What information should I prepare before the discovery call? A: Bring your product catalogue (categories, SKU count), target EU/UK markets, current sales volume, and any existing marketplace accounts. The more context you share, the more specific our roadmap will be. Q: Will I get a price quote on the call? A: We share a tailored, transparent quote after the discovery call (usually inside the 48-hour roadmap). Pricing depends on your catalogue, category and target markets, so we don't publish a generic price list. Q: How quickly does Operator One respond to new enquiries? A: We aim to respond to all enquiries within one business day. After a discovery call, you receive a tailored EU expansion roadmap within 48 hours. Q: Where are Operator One's offices? A: Operator One has offices in Almere, Netherlands (our headquarters, Veluwezoom 32) and Lucca, Italy. We serve clients across all 27 EU countries and the UK from these locations. --- # /legal-privacy-policy — Privacy Policy — Operator One (GDPR, EU + UK) # https://o1.eu/legal-privacy-policy # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary How Operator One B.V. collects, uses and protects personal data across our EU and UK marketplace operations. GDPR-compliant policy covering brand-partner contacts, marketplace shoppers (where applicable) and job applicants. Data residency is in the EU; a DPA is signed at contract start with every brand we operate for. ## Key facts - Operator One B.V. is the controller for brand-partner contacts and applicants; as Merchant of Record, Operator One is the controller of the consumer transaction data, not a processor on behalf of the brand. - Data residency: EU. - DPA: signed at contract start for every brand engagement. - Rights: access, rectification, erasure, portability and objection — exercised by emailing privacy@o1.eu. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-zooplus-marketplace-de-fr-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on zooplus Marketplace: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-zooplus-marketplace-de-fr-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary zooplus Marketplace is application-only and live in 2 countries, Germany and France, seller-fulfilled, with commission set per partner and unpublished. ## Key facts - zooplus Marketplace is live in exactly two countries, Germany and France, as confirmed in zooplus SE's press release of 5 August 2026; there is no UK, Dutch, Italian, Spanish or Polish marketplace and none has been announced. - There is no self-serve registration on zooplus Marketplace: each country page routes applicants into a separate Pipedrive webform, followed by an internal review, a video call and only then a Mirakl storefront link. - zooplus publishes no commission percentage and no rate card anywhere; commission is set per partner during onboarding and is charged on selling price plus shipping cost, excluding VAT. - zooplus offers no fulfilment or warehousing to marketplace partners: 100% of marketplace orders are seller-fulfilled, with a 2 business day shipping lead time and a mandatory tracking number. - zooplus holds partner funds for 21 days after shipping to cover refunds and states that eligible revenue is paid out weekly, with one commission invoice issued per month. - zooplus is not the seller of record on its marketplace: under Article 16 of the zooplus.de terms the purchase contract is concluded directly between the customer and the third-party seller. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-galaxus-germany-switzerland-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on Galaxus in 2026: DE and CH Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-galaxus-germany-switzerland-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Galaxus is curated, not open: 11 assortment groups, commissions from 1.5% to 20%, no listing fees, and two separate legal regimes for DE and CH. ## Key facts - Galaxus does not operate open self-registration: its own merchant page states it opens its shops to no supplier at all costs and that merchants are handpicked, and applications run through the Partner Portal at partner.galaxus.eu. - Galaxus charges no basic fee, no setup fee and no subscription on either marketplace; the only Galaxus charge is a variable sales commission calculated on the net sales price excluding VAT. - German commissions run from 1.5% to 18.0% by assortment group (fee overview effective 27 February 2026) and Swiss commissions from 1.5% to 20.0% (effective 28 April 2026). - The Swiss commission ceiling is higher than the German one in five of the eleven assortment groups, and the Swiss average rate is higher in all eleven. - Clause 3.7 of the German marketplace terms restricts registration to businesses with both a registered office and a warehouse inside the European Union, proven by a valid VAT ID. - Switzerland sits outside the EU: since 1 January 2025 Digitec Galaxus AG is the deemed supplier under Swiss platform taxation and remits 8.1% Swiss VAT in its own name, and Swiss EPR is vRG, VOC and SUISA rather than LUCID. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-allegro-czechia-slovakia-hungary-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on Allegro in Czechia, Slovakia and Hungary 2026 # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-allegro-czechia-slovakia-hungary-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Allegro runs live marketplaces in Czechia, Slovakia and Hungary with 4.9 million active buyers, one seller account, and commissions from 2.5% to 17%. ## Key facts - All three CEE marketplaces are live, not announced: allegro.cz opened to merchants on 10 May 2023, allegro.sk launched in March 2024 and allegro.hu launched on 2 October 2024. - Allegro is an open marketplace, not a curated one: Allegro states that registering is simple and free of charge, and its registration guide names no application or approval committee. - One Allegro account covers all four marketplaces under a list once, sell everywhere rule, and the Czechia page states you do not need to register another account to start selling on allegro.cz. - Allegro publishes only 13 department-level commission bands, identical across allegro.cz, allegro.sk and allegro.hu, running from 2.5% in Electronics to 17% in Accessories and Others as of September 2026. - allegro.hu carries an extra Local retail surcharge of 3.6% net (4.43% gross) on product price plus delivery, which Allegro began collecting on 1 July 2025 and which applies to allegro.hu only. - New sellers on the three CEE marketplaces get a 180-day Welcome Program with 100% commission discount, capped at 17,000 CZK, EUR 700 or 2,500,000 HUF. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-douglas-marketplace-europe-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on Douglas Marketplace: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-douglas-marketplace-europe-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Douglas is curated with no seller sign-up, publishes zero commission rates and is itself the legal seller across just 9 beauty categories in the EU. ## Key facts - There is no self-service seller registration on any DOUGLAS site: the only public route is the pitch form at douglas.group/en/become-our-partner, and DOUGLAS calls the resulting partners "selected" (checked 2 September 2026). - DOUGLAS publishes no commission rate, fee schedule or rate card anywhere; integrator ChannelEngine records the commission only as "depends on the category" and "negotiated per partner", in a guide updated 4 August 2026. - DOUGLAS is the legal seller to the consumer, not a venue: the only mandatory offer field a partner maps is Price, "which is your buying price", so a DOUGLAS listing is a wholesale sale with a drop-shipment obligation attached. - The application form limits a brand to nine categories, forces a declaration from four business-model options, bands the catalogue into five SKU brackets, and asks a mandatory Yes/No question on exclusive launch. - A cosmetics Responsible Person under Article 4 of Regulation (EC) No 1223/2009 must be EU or EEA established, must notify each product to the CPNP under Article 13(1), and must keep the Product Information File for ten years under Article 11. - The GPSR responsible person is a different role and does not apply to cosmetics: Regulation 1223/2009 is item 35 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, so GPSR Article 2(1)(b) disapplies the Article 16 duty for cosmetic products. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-emag-romania-hungary-bulgaria-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on eMAG Marketplace (RO, HU, BG) in 2026 # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-emag-romania-hungary-bulgaria-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary eMAG Marketplace is curated and live in Romania, Hungary and Bulgaria; commission runs 7% to 25%, payouts land twice monthly, and SGR deposit rules bite. ## Key facts - eMAG Marketplace is live for third-party sellers in exactly three countries, Romania, Hungary and Bulgaria, and one platform reaches all three, but legal documents must be signed for each platform separately plus a courier transport contract. - eMAG publishes only a commission range of 7% to 25% by category and states the detailed fee grid is shown in the contract before you sign it; no per-category grid exists on any eMAG-owned page as of September 2026. - eMAG pays sellers twice a month: orders completed between the 1st and the 15th are paid on the 17th, and orders from the 16th to month end are paid on the 3rd, or the first working day after. - Fulfilment by eMAG gives 30 days of free storage per replenishment and a per-unit processing fee that eMAG itself quotes at two different starting points, 3.99 RON on its taxes page and 3.40 RON on its FBE page. - Romania's SGR deposit system has been in force since 30 November 2023 and charges 0.50 RON per non-reusable beverage container of 0.1 to 3 litres, metal cans included, and online-only sellers must still register and charge it separately from the product price. - Hungary's MOHU REpont deposit system started on 1 January 2024 with a 50 HUF redemption fee per single-use unit, while Bulgaria has no operational deposit-return system as of September 2026. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-breuninger-germany-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on Breuninger Marketplace: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-breuninger-germany-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Breuninger's marketplace is invite-only, documented live in 3 markets, and publishes no commission rate. What approval actually requires, in 2026. ## Key facts - Breuninger's marketplace is invite-only: there is no public seller-registration route, and none of the 345 URLs in Breuninger's own corporate sitemap as of September 2026 is a seller-onboarding page. - Breuninger does not publish commission rates: ChannelEngine's Breuninger commercial table, updated 18 August 2026, records setup cost, commission and other costs all as "individually negotiated", with payment frequency monthly. - The Breuninger marketplace is documented as live in 3 markets (Germany, Austria and the Netherlands) across 4 sales-channel codes, while the Breuninger shop itself reached 13 European countries on 20 May 2026. - Breuninger, not the brand, is the contracting seller on every order: its T&Cs dated 28 August 2026 state that the payee is always E. Breuninger GmbH & Co., while partner goods ship under the partner's retention of title, a consignment structure. - Breuninger runs no marketplace fulfilment service: partner articles ship direct from the seller with a return label and a Breuninger-template packing slip, and an order containing a partner article can be cancelled only within 30 minutes of receipt. - Listings are German-language and euro-only, and Breuninger decides which of your SKUs go live, not you. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-curated-european-marketplaces-eu-2026-operator-guide — Curated vs open European marketplaces: approval in 2026 # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-curated-european-marketplaces-eu-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Open, curated or invite-only: how 21 European marketplaces actually approve sellers, what DSA Article 30 forces them to demand, and what it costs. ## Key facts - European marketplaces split into three access models: open registration (Kaufland Global Marketplace, eBay, Amazon Seller Central), curated approval (OTTO, Zalando, ABOUT YOU, Decathlon, Shop Apotheke, Worten) and invitation only (Amazon Vendor Central, which publishes no application route and no eligibility criteria). - DSA Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 Article 30(1) is why every EU marketplace now demands the same entity documents before a trader may offer products: name, address, telephone number and email, an identification document or an eIDAS electronic identification, payment account details, trade register and registration number, and a self-certification. - OTTO Market states its legitimation check, covering company ID, credit check, personal ID and risk assessment, can take up to 15 business days; ABOUT YOU indicates roughly four weeks from registration to go-live; Mirakl's 2026 Seller Report puts ecosystem median onboarding at 28 days. - Curated marketplaces gate on local infrastructure, not only on brand: OTTO requires German-speaking customer service and returns in Germany or eight named EU countries, and Shop Apotheke requires an EU legal entity with a VAT ID plus written customer service in the local language. - Published commissions vary far more than the sector's folklore suggests: Kaufland charges 7% on Computers and Electronics and 16% on Jewellery, Cdiscount charges 7% on IT and high-tech against a 15% base, and Shop Apotheke charges a flat 16%, while OTTO, Zalando, ABOUT YOU, Douglas, Breuninger and Decathlon publish no commission percentage at all. - ASOS Marketplace no longer exists: ASOS announced the closure on 24 January 2025, migration to asos.com completed in April 2025, and as of September 2026 marketplace.asos.com returns an HTTP 301 to www.asos.com. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-netherlands-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in the Netherlands: 2026 Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-netherlands-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Netherlands launched 15 June 2026, charges 9% commission and is seller-fulfilled only: the operator guide to selling there in 2026. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop opened to Dutch shoppers and third-party sellers on 15 June 2026, with seller registration and product upload live two weeks earlier from 1 June 2026, which puts the Netherlands roughly 14.5 months behind Germany, France and Italy (31 March 2025). - The Netherlands is a seller-fulfilled-only market: TikTok's EU shipping policy effective 27 August 2026 gives Dutch Local-to-Local orders 'Ship by Seller' as the only available option, with no TikTok fulfilment centre and no TikTok-brokered domestic label. - Only six carriers are approved for domestic Ship by Seller in the Netherlands (PostNL, DHL, DPD, GLS, UPS and Peddler), and Peddler is excluded from cross-border EU, so a 3PL on any other carrier cannot fulfil TikTok Shop Netherlands orders. - Commission is 9% of GMV inclusive of VAT, reduced to 7% for specified electronics and beauty device sub-categories, with a first-time EU seller rate of just 2% for 90 calendar days in the Netherlands versus 4% for 60 days in Germany, France, Spain, Italy and Ireland. - The Dutch compliance stack is named and specific: Verpact for packaging (50,000 kg threshold), Statiegeld Nederland for deposits (0.15 to 0.25 euro), Stichting OPEN for WEEE and batteries, and the ACM rule that Dutch statutory guarantee has no fixed two-year term. - Individual seller registration is not supported in the Netherlands, so every TikTok Shop NL seller must be a KvK-registered eenmanszaak, BV or NV, and the representative's proof of address must be an Uittreksel BRP. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-france-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in France: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-france-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop France opened on 31 March 2025. Commission is 9% of GMV, EPR Pay-on-Behalf runs 0.49% to 1.40%, and ten French EPR streams apply. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop opened to the public in France on 31 March 2025, the same day as Germany and Italy, and TikTok's own French newsroom put the addressable base at more than 25.1 million users in France. - France carries ten separate EPR streams on TikTok Shop, the widest footprint of any EU market on the platform, and non-compliant French listings are automatically enrolled into Pay-on-Behalf billing rather than simply removed. - TikTok Shop's French EPR Pay-on-Behalf rate card runs from 0.49% on packaging and printed paper to 1.40% on batteries, with a minimum of EUR 0.01 per affected order and invoices issued on the 5th of each month. - There is no Fulfilled by TikTok warehouse in France: TikTok Shop serves French FBT orders cross-border from its Spanish and German warehouses only. - French is legally compulsory on TikTok Shop France product pages, warranty text, invoices and live-selling scripts under article 2 of the loi Toubon of 4 August 1994. - Affiliate and live content targeting France must carry the mention Publicite or Collaboration commerciale for the entire promotion, with a penalty of two years' imprisonment and a EUR 300,000 fine under article 5 of loi 2023-451. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-germany-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop Germany: Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-germany-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Germany launched 31 March 2025 with 24.2 million German users. Commission is 9%, EPR runs 4 schemes, and Pfand is a mandatory field. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop went live in Germany on 31 March 2025, in the same wave as France and Italy, and TikTok's German newsroom post cites 24.2 million people in Germany using TikTok regularly. - Commission on TikTok Shop Germany is 9% of GMV inclusive of VAT from 8 January 2026, with a reduced 7% rate on named Electronics and Beauty device sub-categories and a 4% new-seller rate for 60 days. - Germany requires four EPR registrations for TikTok Shop: LUCID packaging via ZSVR, batteries and EEE via stiftung ear, and single-use plastics via DIVID, and TikTok's Pay-on-Behalf service does not cover Germany. - Every beverage listing on TikTok Shop Germany carries a mandatory packaging-type and Pfand field, because VerpackDG paragraph 46(1) sets a minimum deposit of EUR 0.25 including VAT per single-use container. - Germany is one of only two Fulfilled by TikTok warehouse countries in the EU, serving Germany, Spain, Italy, France and Ireland from two nodes. - Books are blocked from Sell Across EU for Germany and France only, because the Buchpreisbindungsgesetz fixes a single publisher-set end price for sales to final customers in Germany. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-italy-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Italy: Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-italy-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Italy has 25.2 million monthly users and 21,000 active sellers: the operator guide to CONAI, RAEE, partita IVA and the 9% EU commission. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop went live in Italy on 31 March 2025, and TikTok reported 25.2 million monthly active users and over 21,000 active Italian sellers a year later. - TikTok Shop's Pay on Behalf EPR service covers one category in Italy, batteries at 1.65%, so an Italian shop selling packaged goods needs its own CONAI number or must delist. - Italian RAEE registration at registroaee.it is mandatory before selling electricals in Italy, yet TikTok Shop's Italy EPR page omits electricals and never prompts for the number. - A partita IVA is mandatory for Italian legal entities on TikTok Shop, the hardest VAT gate in the EU alongside Germany. - Italian TikTok Shop listings must be in Italian under art. 9 of the Codice del Consumo, and Italy adds a 26-month prescription period to the two-year conformity guarantee. - Italy is the only TikTok Shop market in Europe with a statutory influencer register: AGCOM enrols creators above 500,000 followers or 1,000,000 average monthly views. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-spain-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Spain: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-spain-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Spain opened to self-serve sellers in February 2025 and now carries 21,000 sellers: fees, EPR at 0.89%, IVA and returns explained. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop Spain launched to consumers on 10 December 2024, but TikTok's own Spanish newsroom states that businesses established in Spain could only register in Seller Center 'a partir de febrero 2025', so open seller registration is a February 2025 fact, not a 2024 one. - Spain is one of only four EU markets (with Germany, Italy and France) where TikTok Shop offers all three shipping types including Fulfilled by TikTok for domestic orders, per the EU Customer Order Shipping Policy dated 27 August 2026. - TikTok Shop Spain is one of only three markets with EPR Pay-on-Behalf: 0.89% of (customer payment plus platform discount) for packaging and 1.51% for batteries, minimum EUR 0.01 per in-scope order, with no WEEE cover at all. - Spanish consumer law gives a three-year legal conformity guarantee and ten-year spare-parts availability, well above the EU two-year and five-year floors, and TikTok Shop's returns policy provides no Spanish overlay to carry it. - Alcohol is 'no compatible' on TikTok Shop Spain under the EU Prohibited Products Policy dated 6 August 2026, so wine, cava and beer cannot be listed despite being core Spanish categories. - Spain runs a statutory influencer regime under RD 444/2024: EUR 300,000 prior-year income plus 1,000,000 followers on one platform (or 2,000,000 aggregated) plus 24 videos makes a creator a regulated audiovisual media service provider. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-ireland-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop Ireland: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-ireland-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Ireland opened to all Irish businesses on 21 May 2026. Commission is 9%, fulfilment is seller-only, and EPR pay-on-behalf excludes Ireland. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop Ireland launched on 9 and 10 December 2024 with Guaranteed Irish as launch partner, ran invite-only for roughly 17 months, and opened to all Irish businesses on 21 May 2026. - Ireland is a seller-fulfilled-only market on TikTok Shop: Ship by Seller is the only available shipping type, with no Fulfilled by TikTok and only 8 approved domestic carriers. - TikTok Shop Ireland is the only EU market with a blanket beverage ban, while e-bikes and e-scooters are permitted in just three EU markets (Ireland, Italy and Germany). - TikTok's EPR pay-on-behalf service covers France, Italy and Spain only, so Irish Repak, Producer Register Limited and battery registrations must be bought and filed directly. - Irish VAT runs at 23% standard, 13.5% reduced and 9% second reduced, with a zero rate on children's clothing and footwear for under 11s that few other EU markets match. - Northern Ireland sits inside TikTok Shop UK, not TikTok Shop Ireland, so island-wide coverage needs two separate shop registrations. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-belgium-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Belgium: Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-belgium-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop launched in Belgium on 15 June 2026 at 9% commission, with Ship by Seller as the only domestic option and three named EPR schemes. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop went live in Belgium on 15 June 2026, roughly 15 months after Germany, France and Italy (31 March 2025) and 18 months after Spain and Ireland (December 2024), so Belgian category depth and creator-affiliate supply are early-stage as of September 2026. - Ship by Seller is the ONLY shipping type available for domestic TikTok Shop orders in Belgium, one of just three EU markets (with Ireland and the Netherlands) where TikTok offers no platform fulfilment on the local lane, while Sell Across EU orders from Belgium do get Ship by TikTok as the default. - Solar panels are prohibited from listing in Belgium under TikTok Shop's own EU Restricted Products Policy (last updated 27 August 2026), a Belgium-only ban, and e-bikes, e-scooters, Coins and Bullion and the invitation-only category groups all carry an explicit [Excluding Belgium] tag. - Belgian TikTok Shop commission follows the EU structure at 9% of GMV standard and 7% reduced, with a new-seller rate of 2% for 90 calendar days in Belgium against 4% for 60 days in Germany, France, Spain, Italy and Ireland; no Belgium-specific fee or payout exception is published. - Belgium is the only TikTok Shop EU market with a per-region statutory language rule (Dutch in Flanders, French in Wallonia, both in Brussels-Capital), and TikTok publishes exactly one Belgian seller locale (en-BE), so the whole NL and FR localisation burden sits with the seller. - Three named EPR schemes apply in Belgium: Fost Plus and Valipac for packaging, Recupel for electricals and Bebat for batteries, with a Belgium-established authorised representative registered with EPRiBEL mandatory for foreign producers from 12 August 2026. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-austria-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Austria: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-austria-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Austria launched on 15 June 2026. Operator guide to seller eligibility, 9% commission, VAT bands, EPR and the mandatory Bevollmächtigter. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop Austria opened to shoppers and sellers on 15 June 2026, with seller registration opening on 1 June 2026, as part of the four-market wave (Austria, Belgium, Netherlands, Poland) that took TikTok Shop to ten European markets. - TikTok reports over 2.7 million Austrians using TikTok monthly against a population of roughly 9.2 million, while social commerce is still only 8% of Austrian online spend: reach is present, purchase behaviour is not. - TikTok's EU Prohibited Products, Restricted Products and EPR policies still carry an applicability tag of only eight markets in September 2026 and do not name Austria, so Austria is unlisted rather than exempt. - Austria is the hardest EPR market in the wave: a domestic Bevollmächtigter is mandatory for foreign distance sellers under § 21b EAG-VO for WEEE and under § 16b VVO 2014 for packaging, and TikTok's EPR Pay-on-Behalf service covers only France, Italy and Spain. - Austria layers two levies with no German equivalent: a Paketsteuer of EUR 2 per parcel from 1 October 2026 above EUR 100 million Austrian distance-sales turnover, and a Digitalsteuer of 5% on online advertising turnover. - Austrian warranty exposure runs 27 months (two years under § 933 ABGB plus a three-month limitation tail), not the flat 24 months a German-trained operations team will assume. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-poland-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Poland: 2026 Operator Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-poland-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop Poland launched on 15 June 2026 with 9% commission, a 2% new-seller rate for 90 days, a 4-day delivery clock and mandatory BDO registration. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop Poland opened to third-party sellers on 15 June 2026, making the Polish marketplace roughly 11 weeks old as of 2 September 2026. - Commission on TikTok Shop Poland is 9% of GMV, or 7% on named electronics and beauty-device sub-categories, but verified first-time EU sellers registering in Poland pay 2% for 90 calendar days, against 4% for only 60 days in France, Germany, Spain, Italy and Ireland. - TikTok publishes a hard Polish promise: domestic orders fulfilled within a maximum of 4 business days via InPost, DPD or GLS, with BLIK the preferred local payment partner. - TikTok gives Polish buyers a minimum 30-day return window from the purchase date, roughly double the 14 days Polish statute requires. - Poland is the heaviest compliance market in the TikTok Shop EU footprint: a BDO number before trading, a mandatory Polish WEEE representative, a PLN 0.20 carrier-bag levy, eight deposit operators and Polish-language listings enforced by criminal fine. - Incorporating locally to satisfy TikTok Shop's local-entity rule pulls the entity into mandatory KSeF e-invoicing from 1 April 2026, which a foreign-established seller escapes. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-united-kingdom-2026-operator-guide — How to Sell on TikTok Shop in the United Kingdom (2026) # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-united-kingdom-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary TikTok Shop United Kingdom charges 9% commission, or 5% on Electronics and Beauty, with 20% UK VAT and a PackUK EPR stack entirely outside the EU. ## Key facts - TikTok Shop United Kingdom applies a 5% reduced commission rate on Electronics and Beauty & Personal Care, a 4 percentage point cut off the 9% standard rate and 2 points deeper than the EU's 7% reduced rate. - The United Kingdom is a separate legal regime from the EU: sellers contract with TikTok Information Technologies UK Limited (England company number 10165711) under English law, with no OSS and no IOSS. - UK VAT is 20% with a £90,000 registration threshold for UK-established sellers, but a nil threshold for any business established outside the United Kingdom that supplies goods there. - UK packaging EPR runs through PackUK inside Defra, with indicative 2026 base fees of £455 per tonne for plastic, £205 for glass and £450 for wood, and an obligation test of over 25 tonnes plus £1m worldwide turnover. - From 12 August 2025 UK rules deem online marketplace operators to be WEEE producers for household electricals sold by sellers with no UK establishment, a deeming rule with no EU-wide equivalent. - TikTok Shop United Kingdom gives customers 30 calendar days to change their mind, above the statutory 14 days, and the Consumer Rights Act 2015 adds a 30-day short-term right to reject faulty goods that the EU does not have. --- # /news-insights/what-is-a-dedicated-amazon-seller-account-merchant-of-record — Dedicated Amazon Seller Account Under a Merchant of Record # https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-a-dedicated-amazon-seller-account-merchant-of-record # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary A dedicated Amazon seller account under a Merchant of Record isolates account health, ODR and settlement to one brand, but not enforcement risk. ## Key facts - Amazon's rule is one selling account per region unless there is a legitimate business need, with exactly three published examples. Amazon has published nothing blessing the Merchant of Record model. - Amazon scores account health per selling account, so a dedicated account isolates your Order Defect Rate (Amazon target: under 1%) and Cancellation Rate (under 2.5%) from every other brand the MoR sells. - A dedicated account isolates performance risk, not enforcement risk. Amazon publishes three ways accounts become associated, one being use of a third-party account management service. - VAT and EPR registrations (WEEE included) and the GPSR importer details attach to the MoR's legal entity, not the account, though Amazon takes up to five business days to validate each EPR number, per account. - Amazon removed the seller eligibility gate for the Featured Offer from July 2026, weakening the isolation argument because the same metrics now feed ranking. - Shared is often correct: a new Amazon account has no Account Health Assurance until roughly six months at an Account Health Rating of 250 or higher. --- # /news-insights/how-to-sell-on-bol-com-netherlands-belgium-2026-operator-guide — Selling on bol.com in the Netherlands and Belgium (2026) # https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-bol-com-netherlands-belgium-2026-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary bol.com commission runs 2.1% to 20.7% plus a fixed fee per item, and Belgium differs from the Netherlands on VAT, EPR, language and parcel rates. ## Key facts - bol.com commission is a variable percentage plus a fixed amount per item. Across bol.com's 33 categories the variable band runs 2.1% to 20.7% ex VAT, and the rate card changes on 9 September 2026. - Belgium is not a separate onboarding. One bol.com account serves both countries "zonder extra bemiddelingsbijdrage", without additional commission. - The real border is compliance: bol.com must refuse non-paying EPR producers for batteries only in the Netherlands, but for all categories in Belgium. - Logistiek via bol publishes four tariff tables, not one. To 8 September 2026 an XXXS item costs EUR 2.75 on the regular track, and small items sent to Belgium are always billed at the XS rate, EUR 5.05. - bol.com applies identical service norms in both countries: a quality score of 0 to 100 over 22 weeks, minimum 65. - Belgian law adds costs bol.com never invoices, including a manual in Dutch and French enclosed in every shipment. --- # /news-insights/belgium-epr-fost-plus-valipac-weee-non-eu-brands-2026 — Belgium EPR Explained: Fost Plus, Valipac, and WEEE BE for Marketplace Sellers # https://o1.eu/news-insights/belgium-epr-fost-plus-valipac-weee-non-eu-brands-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Belgian packaging EPR under PPWR from 12 August 2026: Fost Plus and Valipac, a Belgian authorised representative, and 28 February declarations. ## Key facts - Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) applies from 12 August 2026, and Fost Plus states that from that date a producer not established in Belgium must be represented by an authorised representative that is established in Belgium and registered with EPRiBEL. - Belgium splits packaging EPR by waste stream: Fost Plus covers household packaging and Valipac covers commercial and industrial packaging, and a company with both types needs membership of both. - The Fost Plus annual declaration is due 28 February for packaging placed on the Belgian market in the previous year, and Fost Plus warns that a late filing risks a fine of 1% of the previous declaration's contribution per month of delay. - Fost Plus 2026 rates run from EUR 0.1052 per kg for glass and EUR 0.1503 per kg for paper-cardboard to EUR 2.2095 per kg for PP and other plastic films and EUR 4.4190 per kg for obstructive packaging, with a minimum annual contribution of EUR 100 (EUR 250 for obstructive or household hazardous waste packaging). - Recupel members in Belgium declare electrical and electronic equipment quarterly or monthly, and Bebat charges a EUR 60 annual flat fee with annual battery declarations below 10,000 batteries a year and monthly declarations above that. - Belgium's cooperation agreement of 4 November 2008 provides administrative fines of EUR 500 per tonne not recovered and EUR 1,000 per tonne not recycled, capped at EUR 25,000, and criminal fines of EUR 1,000 to EUR 2,000,000 with one to twelve months' imprisonment. --- # /news-insights/czech-republic-slovakia-epr-eko-kom-weee-battery-allegro-kaufland-2026 — Czech Republic and Slovakia EPR in 2026: EKO-KOM, OZV obligations, WEEE and battery streams, and CEE marketplace verification # https://o1.eu/news-insights/czech-republic-slovakia-epr-eko-kom-weee-battery-allegro-kaufland-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Czech and Slovak EPR in 2026: EKO-KOM reports within 30 days of quarter end, Slovak 15-cent deposits, PPWR from 12 August 2026 and marketplace EPR checks. ## Key facts - Czech packaging: EKO-KOM clients file a quarterly statement within 30 days after each quarter ends, while producers fulfilling Act No. 477/2001 Coll. individually enter the Ministry of the Environment's List of Persons within 60 days and report by 15 February. The only exemption (§15a) requires both 300 kg or less of packaging a year and turnover of CZK 25,000,000 or less. - Slovakia: §27(18) of Act No. 79/2015 Coll. on Waste requires a producer with no seat or place of business in Slovakia to appoint a Slovak-established authorised representative by written mandate of at least one year, and producers must register in the Register of Producers of Reserved Products (RVVV). - Czechia is less strict on representation: §13a of Act No. 477/2001 Coll. and §11 of Act No. 542/2020 Coll. let a non-Czech producer appoint a Czech representative, but §61 of Act No. 542/2020 Coll. makes it mandatory for EEE distance sellers to Czech end users, and Article 56(3) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 requires one for battery distance sellers in each Member State. - The EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) applies from 12 August 2026: Article 45(3) requires an EPR authorised representative in each Member State where a producer sells packaging directly to end users from abroad, and Allegro now asks packaging producers for a separate EPR number per country. - Slovakia's deposit return scheme under Act No. 302/2019 Coll. has charged 15 cents on single-use plastic bottles and cans of 0.1 to 3 litres since 1 January 2022; Czechia has no single-use beverage deposit scheme, but PPWR Article 50 sets a 90 percent separate collection target for these formats by 1 January 2029. - Non-compliance is priced: fines reach CZK 10,000,000 under §45 of the Czech Packaging Act and under Act No. 542/2020 Coll., and EUR 350,000 under §117 of Slovakia's Act No. 79/2015 Coll. --- # /news-insights/dac7-eu-marketplace-seller-reporting-guide-2026 — DAC7 Reporting for Marketplace Sellers: What EU Brands Need to Know in 2026 # https://o1.eu/news-insights/dac7-eu-marketplace-seller-reporting-guide-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary DAC7 reports EU marketplace sellers with 30 or more sales or over EUR 2,000 per platform a year. What platforms file by 31 January and how to reconcile it. ## Key facts - DAC7 is Council Directive (EU) 2021/514: Member States had to transpose it by 31 December 2022 and it has applied since 1 January 2023, so the January 2026 filings covering calendar year 2025 were the third DAC7 reporting cycle. - Under Annex V of Directive (EU) 2021/514, a seller of goods is excluded only if, on that platform, it made fewer than 30 sales and its total consideration did not exceed EUR 2,000 in the reportable period. - The DAC7 excluded-seller test is applied per platform, so a brand trading on six EU marketplaces is typically reported in six separate DAC7 filings for the same year. - Platforms must report to their tax authority, and send the same information to each reported seller, by 31 January of the following year; authorities then exchange it with other Member States within two months of the period ending. - If a seller ignores a DAC7 data request, Annex V Section II requires the platform, after two reminders and no earlier than 60 days, to close the account or withhold payouts. - The European Commission's DAC recast proposal COM(2026) 308 of 24 June 2026 would remove the 30-sale limb and raise the threshold to EUR 3,000 from 1 January 2028, but it is a proposal, not law. --- # /news-insights/digital-product-passport-espr-battery-2027-brand-guide — Digital Product Passport under ESPR: what brands need to know before the 2027 battery rollout # https://o1.eu/news-insights/digital-product-passport-espr-battery-2027-brand-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary From 18 February 2027 each EV, LMT and over-2 kWh industrial battery sold in the EU needs a battery passport. What ESPR and the Battery Regulation require. ## Key facts - Article 77(1) of the EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 makes a battery passport mandatory from 18 February 2027 for each LMT battery, each industrial battery above 2 kWh and each electric vehicle battery placed on the EU market or put into service. - From 18 February 2027, Article 13(6) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 also requires a QR code on all batteries sold in the EU, including portable batteries that carry no full passport. - ESPR (EU) 2024/1781 entered into force on 18 July 2024, but a Digital Product Passport becomes mandatory for a product group only when its delegated act applies, normally no earlier than 18 months after that act enters into force (ESPR Article 4). - Regulation (EU) 2025/1561 postponed EU battery due diligence obligations under Article 48 of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 from 18 August 2025 to 18 August 2027. - ESPR Article 25 has prohibited large enterprises from destroying unsold apparel and clothing accessories listed in Annex VII since 19 July 2026; medium-sized enterprises follow from 19 July 2030. - ESPR Article 35(2) lets EU market surveillance authorities order online marketplaces to remove listings of non-compliant products, treated as illegal content under Digital Services Act Article 3(h). --- # /news-insights/epr-austria-sweden-uk-packaging-weee-batteries-2026 — EPR in Austria, Sweden and the UK: A 2026 Operator's Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/epr-austria-sweden-uk-packaging-weee-batteries-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Austria, Sweden and UK EPR in 2026: PPWR applies from 12 August 2026, UK large producers exceed 50 tonnes and £2m, and Austria requires a representative. ## Key facts - From 12 August 2026 the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (EU) 2025/40 applies, and its Article 45(3) requires a producer selling packaged goods directly to end users in another member state to appoint an authorised representative for extended producer responsibility there, Austria and Sweden included. - Austria's Packaging Ordinance 2014 (§ 16b) has required foreign distance sellers supplying packaged goods to Austrian private consumers to appoint an Austrian-established Authorised Representative (Bevollmächtigter) since 1 January 2023, with a certified power of attorney filed through edm.gv.at. - Austria has no licence-free de minimis for packaging: under § 9(2) of the Austrian Packaging Ordinance a producer placing no more than 1,500 kg of household packaging a year may use flat-rate licensing, but must still license through an approved system. - Sweden's packaging ordinance (2022:1274) obliges producers to engage an approved producer responsibility organisation such as NPA, and Sweden's sanction-fee ordinance (2012:259) charges SEK 30,000 for failing to do so and SEK 10,000 for a late report to Naturvårdsverket. - UK packaging EPR obligates UK-established organisations with at least £1 million turnover and more than 25 tonnes of packaging; above £2 million and 50 tonnes they are large producers that report every six months, acquire PRNs or PERNs and pay PackUK disposal fees. - UK WEEE splits at 5 tonnes of EEE a year (direct registration by 31 January below it, a producer compliance scheme by 15 November above it), and UK portable batteries split at 1 tonne, with battery scheme membership due by 15 October before the compliance year. --- # /news-insights/eu-vat-oss-ioss-marketplace-sellers-2026-guide — EU VAT, OSS and IOSS for marketplace sellers in 2026: what marketplaces collect and what you still owe # https://o1.eu/news-insights/eu-vat-oss-ioss-marketplace-sellers-2026-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary OSS files EU B2C VAT in one quarterly return, but local stock still needs local VAT numbers, and imports up to EUR 150 now pay EUR 3 duty per item. ## Key facts - Article 59c of the EU VAT Directive sets one EU-wide EUR 10,000 per calendar year threshold for intra-EU B2C distance sales of goods plus telecommunications, broadcasting and electronic services, and it only helps a seller established in a single EU Member State. - Union OSS never covers domestic supplies or transfers of your own goods between EU Member States, so holding stock in an Amazon FBA, Pan-EU, Central European Programme or bol LVB warehouse normally requires a local VAT registration in that country. - The EU import scheme (IOSS) covers only distance sales of imported goods in consignments of an intrinsic value up to EUR 150, excludes products subject to excise duty, and is filed monthly by the end of the following month. - Under Council Regulation (EU) 2026/382, EU customs duty relief for consignments up to EUR 150 ended on 1 July 2026, replaced by a temporary EUR 3 customs duty per tariff item that applies until 1 July 2028, whether or not IOSS is used. - Articles 369k and 369x of the EU VAT Directive require OSS and IOSS records to be kept for 10 years from the end of the year of the transaction, while corrections to a filed OSS return are allowed for 3 years from its original due date. - Persistent failure to file or pay under the EU OSS schemes, measured over three consecutive return periods with reminders unanswered for 10 days, leads to exclusion from all OSS schemes and 2 years of ineligibility under Implementing Regulation (EU) No 282/2011. --- # /news-insights/france-epr-agec-citeo-refashion-uin-marketplace-sellers-2026 — France EPR for marketplace sellers in 2026: AGEC, Citeo, Refashion and the UIN every seller needs # https://o1.eu/news-insights/france-epr-agec-citeo-refashion-uin-marketplace-sellers-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary France's AGEC EPR regime needs one ADEME UIN per scheme, and since 10 July 2026 every producer not established in France must appoint a mandataire. ## Key facts - ADEME issues a French EPR unique identifier (UIN, or IDU) to a producer for a single scheme, so a producer holds one UIN per scheme its products fall under. ADEME's own example is a smartphone, which needs three: electrical and electronic equipment, household packaging and graphic papers, and batteries. - Since 10 July 2026, Article L541-10-9-1 of the French Code de l'environnement (created by Law n° 2026-602 of 8 July 2026) requires every EPR producer not established in France, whether in the EU or outside it, to appoint a mandataire established in France by written mandate. - Under Article L541-10-9 of the Code de l'environnement, a marketplace selling EPR products for third-party sellers in France must record each seller's ADEME identifier in a register or take over that seller's EPR obligations itself. - Under Article L541-9-5 of the Code de l'environnement, the French environment minister can impose a fine of up to 7,500 euros per unit or tonne, a daily penalty of up to 20,000 euros and a supplementary fine of up to 30,000 euros. - French household packaging has three approved eco-organismes (Adelphe, Citeo and Léko, until 31 December 2029). Batteries have three (ecosystem, Batribox and Recycler Mon Véhicule, until 31 December 2030). Textiles have only Refashion (until 31 December 2028). - Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) applies from 12 August 2026. It requires packaging producers to register in each member state, and producers selling directly to end users in another member state must appoint an authorised representative there. --- # /news-insights/germany-epr-2026-lucid-ear-battg-operator-guide — Germany EPR 2026: LUCID, EAR and BattG explained # https://o1.eu/news-insights/germany-epr-2026-lucid-ear-battg-operator-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Germany's packaging, WEEE and battery EPR rules changed: VerpackDG replaced VerpackG on 12 August 2026, BattDG replaced BattG. Fines reach EUR 200,000. ## Key facts - Germany's Verpackungsgesetz (VerpackG) ceased to have effect at the end of 11 August 2026. Since 12 August 2026, packaging EPR in Germany runs under the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) and the German Verpackungsrecht-Durchführungsgesetz (VerpackDG), and LUCID at the Zentrale Stelle Verpackungsregister (ZSVR) remains the register. - Under section 5(2) VerpackDG, producers with no establishment in Germany must appoint one German authorised representative for extended producer responsibility before first making packaging available, but the LUCID registration under section 6 VerpackDG stays with the producer. Producers already registered in LUCID must record the change by 12 November 2026. - Germany's Batteriegesetz (BattG) was replaced by the Batterierecht-Durchführungsgesetz (BattDG) on 7 October 2025. Under section 64 BattDG, existing battery registrations lapsed after 15 January 2026 unless participation in an approved Organisation für Herstellerverantwortung (OfH) was proven, and were otherwise treated as revoked retroactively to 1 January 2026. - Under Germany's ElektroG, stiftung ear registers producers per brand and device category, quantities are reported monthly by the 15th of the following month (section 27 ElektroG), and section 6(2) ElektroG bars electronic marketplaces and fulfilment providers from handling devices of unregistered producers. - German EPR fines reach EUR 200,000 for failing to participate in a dual system and EUR 100,000 for failing to register in LUCID (section 66 VerpackDG), EUR 100,000 under section 45 ElektroG, and EUR 100,000 for making batteries available without registration (section 60 BattDG). - Under section 10 VerpackDG, the declaration of completeness is due in LUCID by 15 May each year for producers that placed 80 tonnes or more of glass, 50 tonnes or more of paper, paperboard and cardboard, or 30 tonnes or more of other packaging materials on the German market in the previous calendar year. --- # /news-insights/gpsr-eu-2023-988-marketplace-sellers-responsible-person-2026 — GPSR for marketplace sellers: what 18 months of enforcement has taught us # https://o1.eu/news-insights/gpsr-eu-2023-988-marketplace-sellers-responsible-person-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary GPSR, Regulation (EU) 2023/988, has applied since 13 December 2024. What its Responsible Person rule and bol.com's 2026 deadlines mean for sellers. ## Key facts - The EU General Product Safety Regulation, Regulation (EU) 2023/988 (GPSR), has applied since 13 December 2024 and repealed Directive 2001/95/EC; its Article 16(1) bars placing a product on the EU market unless an economic operator established in the Union is responsible for it. - Under Article 4(2) of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, which GPSR Article 16 applies, that operator is an EU manufacturer, an importer, an authorised representative appointed by written mandate or, only where none of those is established in the EU, a fulfilment service provider. - GPSR Article 19 requires every online offer to EU consumers to show the manufacturer's name with postal and electronic address, the Responsible Person's details where the manufacturer is outside the EU, product identification including a picture and type, and warnings in a language set by the Member State of sale. - bol.com made manufacturer data mandatory for new products from 5 March 2026 and responsible economic operator data from 1 April 2026, and has removed existing products lacking manufacturer data in phases since 1 April 2026. - The European Commission's Safety Gate report of 5 March 2026 recorded 4,671 alerts in 2025, the highest since 2003, 5,794 follow-up actions (up 35 percent) and more than 1,200 online marketplaces registered on the Safety Gate Portal. - GPSR Article 44 leaves penalties to Member States; in Germany, section 28 of the revised Produktsicherheitsgesetz (ProdSG) sets fines of up to EUR 100,000 for specified breaches and up to EUR 10,000 for other offences. --- # /news-insights/italy-epr-2026-conai-cdc-raee-batteries-marketplace-compliance — Italy EPR in 2026: CONAI, CDC RAEE and Battery Compliance for Marketplace Sellers # https://o1.eu/news-insights/italy-epr-2026-conai-cdc-raee-batteries-marketplace-compliance # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Italy EPR in 2026: CONAI packaging, Registro AEE filing by 3 July, the new battery decree 29/2026 and PPWR marketplace checks from 12 August 2026. ## Key facts - Italy's battery law changed in 2026: Legislative Decree 29/2026, in force from 7 March 2026, repealed Legislative Decree 188/2008 (with transitional exceptions) and created a new battery producer register at the Chambers of Commerce, with annual data due by 31 March. - The Italian Registro AEE annual communication for electrical and electronic equipment placed on the market in 2025 is due by 3 July 2026, and placing equipment on the Italian market without enrolment is fined EUR 30,000 to EUR 100,000 under Article 38 of Legislative Decree 49/2014. - From 12 August 2026, Article 45(4) to (6) of the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (EU) 2025/40 requires online platforms to obtain a producer's EPR registration number and a self-certification, and to make best efforts to assess them, before letting that producer sell to EU consumers. - Article 45(3) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 requires a producer that sells packaged products directly to end users in a member state other than its own to appoint, by written mandate, an authorised representative for extended producer responsibility in that member state. - CONAI declaration frequency in Italy follows the prior year's environmental contribution: annual at EUR 1,000 or less, quarterly above EUR 1,000 up to EUR 31,000, and monthly above EUR 31,000, with periodic declarations due by the 20th of the following month. - Under Article 13 of the EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542, capacity and general information labels apply from 18 August 2026 (or 18 months after the implementing act, if later), and the battery QR code applies from 18 February 2027. --- # /news-insights/netherlands-epr-2026-verpact-weee-nl-marketplace-verification — Netherlands EPR in 2026: Verpact, WEEE NL and the marketplace verification reality # https://o1.eu/news-insights/netherlands-epr-2026-verpact-weee-nl-marketplace-verification # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Dutch EPR in 2026: Verpact fees above 50,000 kg, WEEE and batteries from the first unit, and PPWR authorised representatives since 12 August 2026. ## Key facts - Dutch packaging EPR runs through Verpact (formerly Afvalfonds Verpakkingen): a producer placing more than 50,000 kg of packaging on the Dutch market in a calendar year declares by 31 March and pays the waste management fee, while single-use plastic and deposit-bearing bottles and cans count from the first unit. - Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) has applied since 12 August 2026, and its Article 45(3) requires a producer selling packaged products directly to end users in a member state where it is not established to appoint an authorised representative for EPR there by written mandate. - Dutch WEEE rules set no volume threshold: producers of electrical and electronic equipment join Stichting OPEN, which also covers the Nationaal (W)EEE Register, under a generally binding declaration running from 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2030. - Dutch battery EPR sits with Stichting OPEN for portable batteries, Stichting EPAC for e-bike batteries and ARN for vehicle batteries, with an annual report due before 1 July; as of September 2026 the Dutch implementing decree for Chapter VIII of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 is still unpublished. - Online platforms must obtain a producer's registration number and self-certification before letting it sell: for batteries under Article 62(6) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 since 18 August 2025, and for packaging under Article 45(4) of the PPWR since 12 August 2026. - UPV textiel has applied in the Netherlands since 1 July 2023, and the Inspectie Leefomgeving en Transport (ILT) reported on 27 February 2026 that over 80 percent of textile businesses it spoke to during an inspection week were unaware of it. --- # /news-insights/poland-bdo-packaging-registration-eco-modulation-non-resident-sellers-2026 — Poland BDO 2026: Packaging Registration, Eco-Modulation and Non-Resident Seller Obligations # https://o1.eu/news-insights/poland-bdo-packaging-registration-eco-modulation-non-resident-sellers-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Poland BDO in 2026: registration costs PLN 200 or 800, fines reach PLN 1,000,000, and PPWR adds a Polish representative duty for distance sellers. ## Key facts - BDO registration in Poland costs PLN 200 for micro-entrepreneurs and PLN 800 for all other entrepreneurs under the Minister of Climate and Environment regulation published as Dz.U. 2024 item 1901, applicable from 1 January 2025, with the same amount due as an annual fee by the end of February. - Conducting activity that requires a BDO entry without that entry exposes a seller to an administrative fine of PLN 1,000 to PLN 1,000,000 under Article 194(1)(5) and 194(3) of the Polish Waste Act of 14 December 2012. - From 12 August 2026, Article 45(3) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) requires a producer established outside Poland that sells packaged products directly to Polish end users to appoint a Polish authorised representative for extended producer responsibility by written mandate. - A foreign company without a Polish branch applies for BDO registration in writing to the Marshal of the Mazowieckie Voivodeship, who must make the entry within 30 days of a complete application, and files the annual BDO report by 15 March under Article 76(1) of the Polish Waste Act. - Allegro stated on 6 August 2026 that it would not yet block accounts or sales for missing BDO or EPR numbers, but PPWR Article 45(4) already requires online platforms to collect a producer's registration number before letting it sell to consumers. - Poland's planned new packaging EPR model, draft act UC100, had not been adopted by the Council of Ministers as of 9 September 2026, so the Polish Act of 13 June 2013 on packaging management still governs packaging obligations. --- # /news-insights/portugal-epr-sociedade-ponto-verde-weee-pt-spv-compliance-2026 — Portugal EPR (Sociedade Ponto Verde) and WEEE PT in 2026: A practical compliance guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/portugal-epr-sociedade-ponto-verde-weee-pt-spv-compliance-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Portugal EPR in 2026: SILiAmb registration, SIGRE and SIGREEE schemes, the 31 March declaration, Volta deposits and PPWR duties from 12 August 2026. ## Key facts - Portugal runs packaging, WEEE and battery EPR under UNILEX (Decreto-Lei 152-D/2017), and every producer must register in the Registo de Produtores/Embaladores module of SILiAmb, the platform of the Agência Portuguesa do Ambiente (APA). - Portuguese producers must submit annual SILiAmb declarations of quantities placed on the market by 31 March, and failing to register or declare is a serious environmental offence carrying EUR 12,000 to EUR 216,000 for a company under Lei 50/2006. - Sociedade Ponto Verde is one choice, not the only one: APA also licenses Novo Verde and Electrão for packaging (SIGRE), Electrão and ERP Portugal for WEEE (SIGREEE, 2025 to 2034), and four schemes for batteries. - A company established outside Portugal that sells at distance directly to end users in Portugal must appoint an authorised representative established in Portugal with a Portuguese tax number (NIF), according to APA. - Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) has applied since 12 August 2026: Article 45(3) requires distance sellers to appoint a packaging EPR authorised representative per member state, and Article 45(4) makes online platforms collect registration details first. - Portugal's deposit return scheme, Volta, has operated since 10 April 2026 with a EUR 0.10 deposit on single-use beverage containers of up to 3 litres, alongside and not instead of packaging EPR. --- # /news-insights/spain-epr-rd-1055-2022-enforcement-year-one-2026 — Spain EPR enforcement under Royal Decree 1055/2022: year one in review # https://o1.eu/news-insights/spain-epr-rd-1055-2022-enforcement-year-one-2026 # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Spain's RD 1055/2022 requires an ENV registration, a Spanish authorised representative for foreign producers and a packaging declaration by 31 March. ## Key facts - Royal Decree 1055/2022 makes every producer placing packaged products on the Spanish market register in the packaging section of MITECO's Registro de Productores de Productos (article 15), which issues a number in the format ENV/year/nine digits. - Article 16.2 of Royal Decree 1055/2022 requires the annual packaging declaration before 31 March of the following year: 2025 data was due by 31 March 2026, and MITECO's filing window for 2026 data runs from 1 January to 31 March 2027. - Article 17.2 of Royal Decree 1055/2022 obliges producers established in another EU Member State or a third country to designate an authorised representative in Spain; if they do not, the first distributor established in Spain, or the e-commerce platform on imports from outside Spain, steps in subsidiarily. - Under article 109 of Law 7/2022, failing to register or report is a serious infringement fined EUR 2,001 to EUR 100,000, and article 12.3.g gives MITECO, not the autonomous communities, the sanctioning power over registry and reporting duties. - Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) has applied since 12 August 2026: article 45(3) requires cross-border distance sellers to appoint an EPR authorised representative, and article 45(4) requires online platforms to collect producers' registration numbers before letting them sell. - There is no de minimis exemption from Spanish packaging EPR registration, but article 16.1 of Royal Decree 1055/2022 allows a simplified declaration for producers placing under 15 tonnes of packaging a year. --- # /news-insights/gpsr-dac7-18-months-marketplace-enforcement-review — GPSR and DAC7, 18 months in: what marketplaces are actually enforcing # https://o1.eu/news-insights/gpsr-dac7-18-months-marketplace-enforcement-review # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary GPSR has applied since 13 December 2024 and DAC7 reports fall due each 31 January. What EU marketplaces now block at upload, and who carries each duty. ## Key facts - GPSR, Regulation (EU) 2023/988, has applied in all EU member states since 13 December 2024, and its Article 16(1) bars a product from being placed on the EU market unless an economic operator established in the Union is responsible for it. - GPSR Article 22 gives an online marketplace two working days to act on a market surveillance authority's order and three working days to process a product safety notice, and Article 22(11) requires it to suspend traders that frequently offer non-compliant products. - DAC7, Council Directive (EU) 2021/514, has applied since 1 January 2023: platforms must complete seller due diligence by 31 December of the reportable period and report to the tax authority by 31 January of the following year. - Under DAC7 Annex V, a seller that has not supplied its tax data after two reminders and at least 60 days must have its account closed, or its payouts withheld, until it complies. - Many trader-identity suspensions come from Article 30 of the Digital Services Act, Regulation (EU) 2022/2065, applicable since 17 February 2024, not from GPSR or DAC7. - From 12 August 2026 the Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (EU) 2025/40 requires platforms to collect packaging EPR registration data before a producer may sell to consumers in a member state. --- # /news-insights/marketplace-mandate-epr-registration-enforcement — The marketplace mandate: why Amazon, Bol and eBay are legally required to check your EPR before listing # https://o1.eu/news-insights/marketplace-mandate-epr-registration-enforcement # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary Amazon, bol and eBay must check your EPR, GPSR and DSA data before listing. German EPR fines reach EUR 200,000, and PPWR applies from 12 August 2026. ## Key facts - Germany's Verpackungsgesetz (VerpackG) section 7(7) has barred electronic marketplaces since 1 July 2022 from enabling offers of packaging whose producer is not registered and in a dual system, with fines up to EUR 100,000 under section 36. - Germany's ElektroG section 6(2) has required marketplaces and fulfilment providers since 1 July 2023 to refuse electrical equipment from producers not registered with stiftung elektro-altgeräte register, with fines up to EUR 100,000. - France has required an Identifiant Unique (IDU) per EPR scheme since 1 January 2022 under article L541-10-13 of the Code de l'environnement, and ADEME treats a marketplace without proof of a seller's IDU as the producer. - The Digital Services Act, Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 Article 30, has required online platforms since 17 February 2024 to collect five categories of trader information before a trader can sell, and to make best efforts to verify it. - The GPSR, Regulation (EU) 2023/988, has applied since 13 December 2024: Article 22 makes online marketplaces register in the Safety Gate Portal and show the manufacturer and, for non-EU manufacturers, the EU responsible person on each listing. - The PPWR, Regulation (EU) 2025/40, has applied since 12 August 2026: Article 44 requires packaging producer registration in each Member State and Article 45(4) obliges online platforms to collect EPR compliance information from producers. --- # /news-insights/what-is-ce-marking-ukca-marking-eu-uk-guide — What Is CE Marking and UKCA Marking? EU and UK Guide # https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-ce-marking-ukca-marking-eu-uk-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary CE and UKCA marking explained: who affixes it, the EU and UK law behind it, conformity routes, the 10-year file duty and how marketplaces check it. ## Key facts - Under Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 Article 30(1), only the manufacturer or its authorised representative affixes the CE marking; no authority issues it and there is no "CE certificate" to apply for in most consumer categories. - The EU Declaration of Conformity and technical documentation must be kept for 10 years under the Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU Article 6(3), and the importer keeps a copy of the declaration for 10 years under Article 8(8). - Under Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Article 4(2), a product in scope needs one of four EU-established operators responsible for it; an EU importer satisfies this alone. - Great Britain continues to recognise CE marking: UK SI 2024/696, in force from 1 October 2024, removed the planned expiry, and UKCA remains an alternative. - Marketplaces ask for proof: bol stops new assortment without manufacturer data, Kaufland can hide offers with missing or incorrect CE marking, and Zalando rejects articles without a CE label photo. --- # /news-insights/what-is-an-importer-of-record-eu-guide — What Is an Importer of Record? EU Guide for Brands # https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-an-importer-of-record-eu-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary An Importer of Record clears non-EU goods into the EU and carries the customs debt. Legal basis, EORI steps, GPSR duties and how marketplaces check. ## Key facts - "Importer of Record" is market usage, not a term defined in the Union Customs Code: it normally means the customs declarant, or the principal on whose behalf an indirect representative declares. - Under Article 170(2) of Regulation (EU) No 952/2013 the declarant must be established in the EU customs territory, so a non-EU brand will not normally qualify, subject to a discretionary derogation for occasional declarations. - Customs, VAT, product safety and packaging or WEEE producer rules are four roles with four separate legal tests; filling one does not fill the others. - Under Article 11(6) of the General Product Safety Regulation (EU) 2023/988, an importer keeps the technical documentation available to market surveillance authorities for 10 years. - Under Council Regulation (EU) 2026/382, a customs duty of EUR 3 per item applies to low-value distance-sale and postal consignments from 1 July 2026 until 1 July 2028. - Marketplaces such as bol now block listings that lack manufacturer or EU responsible person data, and bol can deduct policy points for GPSR non-compliance. --- # /news-insights/what-is-extended-producer-responsibility-eu-guide — What Is Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) in the EU? # https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-extended-producer-responsibility-eu-guide # Operator One — Merchant of Record for European marketplaces. ## Summary EPR in the EU explained: the legal basis, who counts as producer, how to register per country and stream, and how marketplaces check your numbers. ## Key facts - Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) makes the producer of packaging, electrical equipment, batteries and, soon, textiles pay for and organise the end-of-life management of those products, under the Waste Framework Directive and stream-specific EU laws. - There is no single EU-wide EPR registration: a seller registers per Member State and per stream, so 8 markets across 3 streams can mean up to 24 registrations. - The Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (EU) 2025/40 has applied since 12 August 2026, but as of September 2026 its harmonised national producer registers under Article 44 are not yet legally due. - The producer is whoever first makes the product available in a Member State, which can be the brand, a reseller, an importer or a Merchant of Record, and not automatically the brand owner. - Marketplaces must collect EPR registration numbers for the consumer's Member State before letting a producer sell, and missing numbers can restrict or remove listings. --- # Guides and compliance articles (100) ## What Is Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) in the EU? URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-extended-producer-responsibility-eu-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-what-is-extended-producer-responsibility-eu-guide.txt EPR in the EU explained: the legal basis, who counts as producer, how to register per country and stream, and how marketplaces check your numbers. Q: Is there one EU-wide EPR number? A: No. Under PPWR Article 44(2), WEEE Article 16, Batteries Regulation Article 55(2) and WFD Article 22b(2), registration is per Member State and per stream, and marketplaces check the number for the consumer's Member State. Q: Are the PPWR harmonised packaging registers live in September 2026? A: Not under PPWR. Article 44(1) gives Member States 18 months from the first implementing act on register format, which Article 44(14) required by 12 February 2026; packaging-journal.de reported on 10 August 2026 that the act was still a draft, so that 18-month clock has not started. Q: Is the brand owner always the producer? A: No. The producer under PPWR Article 3(1)(15), Batteries Regulation Article 3(47) and WEEE Article 3(1)(f) is whoever sells or first makes the product available in that Member State: brand, importer, reseller or Merchant of Record. Q: Can a third party register for me? A: Sometimes. PPWR Article 44(3) lets Member States allow an authorised representative to register under a written mandate, but Germany's VerpackDG Section 5(1) excludes delegating registration and data reports to commissioned third parties, so check each country. Q: Do I need battery EPR if I sell electronics? A: Usually yes. Batteries Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 Article 3(47)(d) treats distance sellers as producers, so a seller of devices with batteries owes battery EPR in addition to WEEE EPR in each Member State of sale. Q: Will the authorised representative requirement be dropped? A: Not yet. In December 2025 the Commission proposed, in its Environmental Omnibus (COM(2025) 983 and a companion regulation), to suspend the authorised representative obligation for EU-established producers until 1 January 2035, but as of September 2026 the European Parliament's Legislative Train lists the file as tabled and it is not law. Q: When does textile EPR start? A: Directive (EU) 2025/1892 must be transposed by 17 June 2027, and Waste Framework Directive Article 22a(14) requires textile EPR schemes to be in place by 17 April 2028. Q: Does a French UIN have to be shown anywhere? A: Yes. ADEME states that producers must show their UIN in their general terms of sale, and French Code de l'environnement Article L. 541-10-9 sets the obligations of marketplaces; ADEME also offers a producer search tool. Q: Does registration cost money? A: The register itself can be free: ZSVR states that LUCID registration costs nothing because ZSVR is financed by the dual systems. The main cost is the eco-modulated scheme fee under Waste Framework Directive Article 8a(4)(b), which varies by PRO and material. ## What Is an Importer of Record? EU Guide for Brands URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-an-importer-of-record-eu-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-what-is-an-importer-of-record-eu-guide.txt An Importer of Record clears non-EU goods into the EU and carries the customs debt. Legal basis, EORI steps, GPSR duties and how marketplaces check. Q: Is Importer of Record a legal term in EU customs law? A: No. The Union Customs Code, Regulation (EU) No 952/2013, uses "declarant", "debtor" and "customs representative". "Importer of Record" is market usage for the declarant, or for the principal where an indirect representative declares. Q: Can a company outside the EU be its own Importer of Record? A: It will not normally qualify, because UCC Article 170(2) requires the declarant to be established in the EU customs territory. Article 170(3)(b) allows persons who occasionally lodge declarations to do so where customs consider it justified, but "occasionally" is undefined and the decision is discretionary. Q: Does getting an EORI number make a non-EU company eligible to import? A: No. An EORI number is a registration under UCC Article 9 and Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/2446 Article 5, which under Article 5(6) is made where the operator lodges a declaration; it does not satisfy the establishment requirement in UCC Article 170(2). Q: How much does an EORI number cost and how long does it take? A: Both Dutch Customs and German Customs issue EORI numbers free of charge. Dutch Customs decides within 5 working days; German Customs publishes no processing time, and other countries' times were not verified. Q: If I ship DDP, am I the Importer of Record? A: Not by virtue of the Incoterm. DDP allocates costs and risks in the sales contract but does not change the Union Customs Code rules on who may be declarant. Q: Is the customs declarant automatically the GPSR importer? A: No. GPSR Article 3(10) defines the importer as the EU-established person who places a third-country product on the Union market, which is a supply test, not a customs-filing test. Lodging a declaration alone does not make someone the product safety importer. Q: Who holds the CE marking and Declaration of Conformity when someone else imports? A: The manufacturer, under Article 30(1) of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008. The importer verifies that the declaration and technical documentation exist, keeps the declaration available to authorities and adds its own name and address. Q: What changed for low-value parcels in July 2026? A: Council Regulation (EU) 2026/382 removed the EUR 150 duty relief and applies a customs duty of EUR 3 per item from 1 July 2026 until 1 July 2028 to qualifying IOSS and postal consignments. Q: Can a Dutch fiscal representative handle import VAT for a foreign brand? A: Yes, according to the Belastingdienst. A general fiscal representative can request the Article 23 permit for the foreign entrepreneur, who cannot apply itself; where a limited fiscal representative handles the imports, the general representative does not represent the client for those transactions. ## What Is CE Marking and UKCA Marking? EU and UK Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-ce-marking-ukca-marking-eu-uk-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-what-is-ce-marking-ukca-marking-eu-uk-guide.txt CE and UKCA marking explained: who affixes it, the EU and UK law behind it, conformity routes, the 10-year file duty and how marketplaces check it. Q: Is there a CE certificate I can apply for? A: No. Under Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 Article 30(1), only the manufacturer or its authorised representative affixes the CE marking, and no authority issues it. For most consumer categories there is no CE certificate; what exists is the manufacturer's EU Declaration of Conformity and, where a notified body took part, that body's certificate for its part of the assessment. Q: Does CE marking mean the EU approved my product as safe? A: No. The European Commission states that a CE marking does not indicate that a product has been approved as safe by the EU or by another authority, and that it does not indicate the origin of a product either. It is the manufacturer's own declaration of conformity. Q: Can I put a CE mark on any product to look compliant? A: No. Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 Article 30(2) allows the CE marking only on products whose EU harmonisation legislation provides for it, and Article 30(5) prohibits markings likely to mislead about its meaning or form. In Germany, ProdSG § 28(3) caps the administrative fine for these CE marking offences at EUR 10,000. Q: Must a notified body number appear next to the CE mark? A: Only where the legislation requires it. Under the Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU, the notified body number is required only when the full quality assurance route in Annex IV was used, so a product that passed EU-type examination under Annex III legitimately carries no number. The Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU uses Module A and involves no notified body at all. Q: Can an importer or Merchant of Record take over CE marking? A: No. CE marking, conformity assessment, the technical file and the EU Declaration of Conformity stay with the manufacturer under Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 Article 30(1). An importer verifies the file exists, adds its name and postal address and keeps the declaration for 10 years. Under Directive 2014/35/EU Article 10, an importer that sells under its own name or trade mark, or modifies the product, becomes the manufacturer. Q: Is CE marking still accepted in Great Britain? A: Yes. UK SI 2024/696, in force from 1 October 2024, removed the planned end date for CE recognition, and gov.uk guidance published 31 March 2026 and updated 21 August 2026 says the UK continues to recognise CE alongside or instead of UKCA. The SI amends a defined list of product regulations, so check that your product's regulations appear in its contents. Q: What marking do products need in Northern Ireland? A: Northern Ireland follows EU rules: products carry CE, or CE together with UKNI where a UK body carried out mandatory third-party conformity assessment. According to gov.uk, UKNI is never used on its own. Qualifying Northern Ireland goods have unfettered access to the Great Britain market on the same markings. Q: Does UKCA marking work in Jersey, Guernsey or the Isle of Man? A: No. According to gov.uk, the UKCA marking does not apply in the 3 Crown Dependencies of Guernsey, Jersey and the Isle of Man, and it does not apply in the British Overseas Territories. Check local rules before shipping there. Q: Do I need an authorised representative if I already have an EU importer? A: Not for Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Article 4. Article 4(2) lists 4 eligible EU operators, and an EU importer satisfies the requirement alone. Under Article 5(2), an authorised representative, if you appoint one, must supply a copy of its mandate in an EU language the authority specifies. Q: What CE rule changes are coming? A: The Machinery Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 applies from 14 January 2027. The Toy Safety Regulation (EU) 2025/2509 applies from 1 August 2030 and replaces the EU Declaration of Conformity with a digital product passport; toys placed on the market under Directive 2009/48/EC before that date may stay available. The Construction Products Regulation (EU) 2024/3110 also replaces the previous framework in stages. ## Dedicated Amazon Seller Account Under a Merchant of Record URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/what-is-a-dedicated-amazon-seller-account-merchant-of-record Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-what-is-a-dedicated-amazon-seller-account-merchant-of-record.txt A dedicated Amazon seller account under a Merchant of Record isolates account health, ODR and settlement to one brand, but not enforcement risk. Q: Does Amazon allow a Merchant of Record to open a separate seller account for my brand? A: Amazon permits a second selling account where there is a legitimate business need, publishing exactly three illustrative examples. Amazon has published no Merchant of Record guidance and no approval step, so the structure must be argued into that test. Q: Who is the legal seller on a dedicated account, my brand or the MoR? A: The MoR. The dedicated Amazon account sits under the MoR's legal entity and VAT registrations, so the MoR invoices, remits VAT and carries the GPSR Article 16(1) responsible-operator obligation. Q: Does a dedicated account protect me if Amazon suspends my MoR? A: Only partly. It isolates performance risk, so another brand cannot push you past Amazon's Order Defect Rate target of under 1%. Amazon still lists third-party account management services as an association trigger. Q: Do I need separate VAT and EPR registrations for a dedicated account? A: No. Registrations attach to the MoR's legal entity, which is why French EPR registration is in the MoR's name, not per selling account. Amazon still takes up to five business days to validate each EPR number. Q: Can I take a dedicated Amazon account with me when the contract ends? A: Not reliably. Amazon's Business Solutions Agreement makes assignment void except, upon notice to Amazon, to an Affiliate, and Amazon's legal-entity-change path is a case-by-case review that "cannot always be approved". Q: Does a dedicated account still matter after Amazon's July 2026 Featured Offer change? A: Yes, but less. Amazon removed seller eligibility requirements for the Featured Offer from July 2026, so pooled metrics no longer gate eligibility. They feed ranking instead. Q: Will I get Amazon Brand Analytics on a dedicated MoR account? A: It depends on the role Amazon accepts. Amazon's Reseller role excludes Brand Analytics, while Brand Representative unlocks four dashboards but is reserved for sellers "directly employed by the brand". Q: How long does Amazon take to open a new dedicated seller account? A: Amazon treats each new account as a full KYC event: identity documents, a 180-day bank statement, bank details and a tax interview, plus video verification, with appointments typically two to seven business days out. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in the United Kingdom (2026) URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-united-kingdom-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-united-kingdom-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop United Kingdom charges 9% commission, or 5% on Electronics and Beauty, with 20% UK VAT and a PackUK EPR stack entirely outside the EU. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop United Kingdom charge? A: TikTok Shop United Kingdom charges a standard 9% commission on GMV, reduced to an effective 5% for specified Electronics and Beauty & Personal Care products via an automatic 4 percentage point reduction, per the UK Commission Rate Policy dated 18 September 2025. Q: Is TikTok Shop United Kingdom part of the EU TikTok Shop regime? A: No. TikTok Shop United Kingdom is a separate legal regime: sellers contract with TikTok Information Technologies UK Limited (England company number 10165711) under English law, and all policies sit on seller-uk.tiktok.com rather than under the 8-market EU applicability tag. Q: Do I need a UK VAT number to sell on TikTok Shop United Kingdom? A: A UK-established seller registers for UK VAT at £90,000 taxable turnover, but a business established outside the United Kingdom has a nil threshold and must register regardless of turnover once it supplies goods there. Holding stock in the United Kingdom triggers immediate registration. Q: What is the return window on TikTok Shop United Kingdom? A: TikTok Shop United Kingdom mandates a 30 calendar day change-of-mind window from delivery, above the statutory 14 days, and the Consumer Rights Act 2015 separately gives a 30-day short-term right to reject faulty goods for a full refund. Q: Does TikTok handle UK WEEE registration for overseas sellers? A: For household electrical equipment sold to UK households by sellers with no UK establishment, yes: UK amendment regulations effective 12 August 2025 deem the marketplace operator to be the producer. A UK-established seller of record on TikTok Shop United Kingdom keeps the obligation itself. Q: How much does packaging EPR cost in the United Kingdom? A: PackUK's indicative 2026 base fees are £455 per tonne for plastic, £205 for glass and £450 for wood, and they apply once a UK-established producer exceeds 25 tonnes of packaging with £1m or more worldwide turnover. Environmental regulator registration charges are additional. Q: Is there a new seller commission discount on TikTok Shop United Kingdom? A: TikTok's UK pages confirm only that a lower rate can be available for eligible sellers including new sellers. No UK rate or duration is published, and the EU's 4% for 60 days and 2% for 90 days mission has no documented TikTok Shop United Kingdom equivalent. Q: Can a UK TikTok Shop sell into the EU? A: Yes, via the Sell Across EU route: a seller must first successfully register a UK shop on TikTok Shop United Kingdom, then apply, and UK corporate sellers may fulfil from a UK or EU warehouse. TikTok may decline the application at its sole discretion. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Poland: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-poland-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-poland-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Poland launched on 15 June 2026 with 9% commission, a 2% new-seller rate for 90 days, a 4-day delivery clock and mandatory BDO registration. Q: When did TikTok Shop launch in Poland? A: TikTok Shop launched in Poland on 15 June 2026 per TikTok's own Polish newsroom post, alongside Austria, Belgium and the Netherlands, taking TikTok Shop to ten European markets. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop Poland charge? A: TikTok Shop Poland charges 9% of GMV as standard and 7% for specified electronics and beauty-device sub-categories since 8 January 2026. Verified first-time EU sellers listing 5 in-stock products within 15 days pay 2% for 90 calendar days. Q: Do I need a Polish company to sell on TikTok Shop Poland? A: By default yes: a TikTok Shop Poland Legal Entity applicant must be incorporated in the country of registration, hold inventory there and handle returns domestically. Larger enterprises may ship from any EU locale at TikTok's sole discretion. Q: How fast must I ship on TikTok Shop Poland? A: TikTok publishes a maximum of 4 business days for domestic orders on TikTok Shop Poland, via InPost, DPD or GLS. Because InPost is a locker network, the default is locker pickup, not courier-to-door. Q: How long do Polish buyers have to return an item? A: TikTok promises Polish buyers a minimum of 30 days from the purchase date while art. 27 of the Polish consumer rights act gives only 14 days, and TikTok Shop Poland holds you to the 30-day window. Q: Must TikTok Shop Poland listings be in Polish? A: Yes. Art. 7 and 7a of the Polish language act require Polish for product naming, offers, warranty terms, invoices, warnings and manuals, and art. 15 makes exclusive foreign-language use a finable offence. Q: What EPR registrations do I need for TikTok Shop Poland? A: A BDO numer rejestrowy before trading covers packaging, WEEE, batteries and the PLN 0.20 carrier-bag levy, with entries made by one of the 16 regional marshals. Electronics additionally require a Polish authorised representative. Q: How many followers does a creator need for the TikTok Shop Poland affiliate programme? A: TikTok publishes a minimum of 1,500 followers plus an active account for verified creators joining the TikTok Shop affiliate programme in Poland. UOKiK then requires two-level disclosure on every paid or barter post. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Austria: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-austria-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-austria-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Austria launched on 15 June 2026. Operator guide to seller eligibility, 9% commission, VAT bands, EPR and the mandatory Bevollmächtigter. Q: Is TikTok Shop live in Austria? A: Yes. TikTok Shop Austria launched to shoppers and third-party sellers on 15 June 2026, with seller registration opening on 1 June 2026, in the wave that also opened Belgium, the Netherlands and Poland and took TikTok Shop to ten European markets. Ningxin Wu is Head of TikTok Shop Austria. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop Austria charge? A: TikTok's EU commission is 9% of GMV on confirmed and settled orders (inclusive of applicable taxes including VAT) from 8 January 2026, with a reduced 7% band for specified Electronics and Beauty and Personal Care device sub-categories. Note that the EU commission page carries an eight-market applicability tag that does not name Austria, and no Austria-scoped commission page is published as of September 2026. Q: Do new sellers get a reduced rate in Austria? A: TikTok's EU new-seller mission offers 2% commission for 90 calendar days in Austria, against 4% for 60 days in France, Germany, Spain, Italy and Ireland. It requires a verified first TikTok Shop anywhere in the EU, mission acceptance, and at least 5 in-stock products listed within 15 days. The benefit is per country and non-stackable, and an existing EU seller opening an Austrian shop pays the standard rate. Q: Do I need an authorised representative to sell on TikTok Shop Austria? A: Almost certainly yes. Austria requires a domestic Bevollmächtigter for foreign distance sellers on the packaging side under § 16b VVO 2014 and, mandatorily, on the WEEE side under § 21b EAG-VO. The WEEE appointment requires a certified power of attorney in German or English, a domestic seat and service address, one appointment per producer, and takes effect only at the end of a calendar quarter, so plan up to three months of lead time. Q: What VAT rates apply to TikTok Shop Austria sales? A: Austria applies 20% standard VAT with reduced rates of 13% and 10%, plus a new 4.9% band on selected basic foods from 1 July 2026 under BGBl. I Nr. 37/2026. The 4.9% band is CN-code driven and applies only where the supply consists exclusively of listed goods, so mixed food baskets need line-level CN mapping to price correctly. Q: Will the Austrian parcel tax hit my TikTok Shop orders? A: The Paketsteuer is EUR 2 per parcel delivered in Austria from 1 October 2026, payable by distance sellers whose Austrian distance-sales turnover exceeded EUR 100 million in the prior financial year, with deemed-supplier marketplaces liable once the threshold is crossed. TikTok has published nothing on whether it treats itself as deemed supplier for Austria or whether it will recharge the EUR 2 to sellers, which makes this the largest open commercial exposure for TikTok Shop Austria. Q: How long is my warranty exposure in Austria? A: Longer than in Germany. § 933 ABGB gives a two-year warranty period for movable goods plus a three-month limitation period running after it ends, so the effective claim window on TikTok Shop Austria sales is 27 months rather than a flat 24. Q: Can I use my German listings and German warehouse for Austria? A: The German copy deck usually transfers because both markets sell in German, but the compliance layer does not: Austrian VAT bands, four separate EPR registrations, FAGG withdrawal wording and § 933 ABGB warranty are all distinct. On warehousing, TikTok's EU baseline requires local inventory and domestic returns, with a discretionary case-by-case exemption for larger enterprises, and TikTok has published nothing confirming that a German warehouse is tolerated for TikTok Shop Austria. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Belgium: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-belgium-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-belgium-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop launched in Belgium on 15 June 2026 at 9% commission, with Ship by Seller as the only domestic option and three named EPR schemes. Q: Is TikTok Shop actually live in Belgium? A: Yes. TikTok's newsroom confirms TikTok Shop became available in Belgium from 15 June 2026, in a four-market wave with Austria, the Netherlands and Poland that took TikTok Shop to ten European markets. Belgium also appears in the applicability scope of TikTok's EU seller policies alongside Germany, Spain, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and Poland. A widely repeated claim that seller registration opened on 1 June 2026 does not appear on TikTok's own newsroom post and should be treated as unconfirmed. Q: Can I use TikTok's own fulfilment for Belgian domestic orders? A: No. Ship by Seller is the only shipping type available for Local-to-Local TikTok Shop orders in Belgium, one of only three EU markets alongside Ireland and the Netherlands with no platform fulfilment option domestically. Ship by TikTok and Fulfilled by TikTok are available for Sell Across EU orders shipped from Belgium, where Ship by TikTok is the default, so the Belgian domestic lane needs its own carrier contract even if your cross-border lane does not. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop charge in Belgium? A: Belgium follows the EU structure: 9% of GMV standard, effective from 00:00 on 8 January 2026 and inclusive of applicable taxes, with a reduced 7% on specified Electronics and Beauty and Personal Care device sub-categories. Verified first-time EU sellers who accept the New Seller Commission Reduction mission and list at least 5 in-stock products within 15 days pay 2% for 90 calendar days in Belgium, against 4% for 60 days in France, Germany, Spain, Italy and Ireland. No Belgium-specific commission, settlement or payout exception is published. Q: Do I have to list in both Dutch and French on TikTok Shop Belgium? A: In practice yes. Belgium's FPS Economy requires labels and instructions in Dutch for the Dutch-language region, French for the French-language region and both in Brussels-Capital, and a TikTok Shop listing cannot be geo-split by linguistic region. TikTok publishes exactly one Belgian seller locale, en-BE, with no nl-BE or fr-BE alternate, so dual-language listings and dual-language customer service are the seller's cost to carry. Q: Which products cannot be sold on TikTok Shop in Belgium? A: Solar panels are prohibited from listing in Belgium under TikTok Shop's EU Restricted Products Policy (last updated 27 August 2026), a prohibition that exists in no other EU TikTok Shop market. E-bikes and e-scooters, Coins and Bullion, and the by-application and invitation-only gated category groups all carry an explicit [Excluding Belgium] tag. Alcohol above 0.5% ABV is prohibited EU-wide, so Belgium's two-tier minimum age of 16 for fermented drinks below 22% ABV and 18 for spirits is moot on-platform. Q: Which EPR schemes do I need to join for TikTok Shop Belgium? A: Up to four registrations. Fost Plus for household packaging under the Green Dot licence, Valipac for commercial and industrial packaging if you place both types on the Belgian market, Recupel for electricals, and Bebat for batteries including batteries built into devices. All producers register in the EPRiBEL national producer register, and from 12 August 2026 a foreign producer must appoint an Authorised Representative for EPR established in Belgium and registered with EPRiBEL. Q: Do I need a Belgian VAT registration to sell on TikTok Shop Belgium? A: If you hold inventory in Belgium, yes. OSS covers cross-border B2C distance sales into Belgium, but goods dispatched from a Belgian warehouse to a Belgian consumer are domestic supplies outside OSS and require a Belgian VAT registration and Belgian returns. Belgium applies four rates, 21% standard, 12% intermediate, 6% reduced and 0% for certain exceptional goods, so an EU tax mapping built on two rates will mis-rate Belgian SKUs. Q: How strict are Belgian influencer disclosure rules on TikTok? A: Stricter than the platform default. Belgium's FPS Economy treats 'collaboration', 'sponsored' and 'ambassador' as too ambiguous, requiring words such as 'advertentie' or 'publicite' at the start of the post rather than in hashtags, under Article VI.99 paragraph 2 of the Code of Economic Law. Both the advertiser and the creator can be held liable, the Economic Inspectorate can fine and the JEP handles complaints, and regularly earning Belgian creators must display a Crossroads Bank for Enterprises number on their profiles. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop Ireland: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-ireland-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-ireland-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Ireland opened to all Irish businesses on 21 May 2026. Commission is 9%, fulfilment is seller-only, and EPR pay-on-behalf excludes Ireland. Q: Is TikTok Shop Ireland open to all sellers in 2026? A: Yes. TikTok announced on 21 May 2026 that it was "opening access to all Irish businesses, moving from an invite-only model to an open platform". TikTok Shop Ireland had been invite-only since its launch on 9 and 10 December 2024, roughly 17 months, the longest allowlisted period of any EU market. Onboarding is still approval-gated: you cannot list products before TikTok verifies your registration. Q: Do I need an Irish company and an Irish VAT number to sell on TikTok Shop Ireland? A: In practice yes. TikTok's Irish onboarding material asks for an Irish entity, an Irish VAT number, a Republic of Ireland warehouse address, an Irish bank account and an Irish mobile customer service number starting 08. The EU-wide policy allows larger enterprises to ship from a warehouse in any EU locale at TikTok Shop's sole discretion, case by case, but that is an exception rather than a route you can plan around. Q: Can I use Fulfilled by TikTok in Ireland? A: No. The TikTok Shop EU Customer Order Shipping Policy updated 29 July 2026 lists Ireland where "Ship by Seller is the only available Shipping Type", both for domestic orders and for Sell Across EU. Neither Fulfilled by TikTok nor Ship by TikTok is available, and Ireland has only 8 approved domestic carriers against roughly 22 in France. Q: Does TikTok Shop Ireland cover Northern Ireland? A: No. TikTok's onboarding material states that "Northern Ireland not included (this is covered in the UK/GB market)". Covering the whole island on TikTok Shop needs a TikTok Shop UK registration plus an Irish one, with customs and import VAT applying to movements from Great Britain into the Republic. Q: Why can I not sell drinks on TikTok Shop Ireland? A: The EU Restricted Products Policy updated 27 August 2026 says: "Note: Beverage products are not allowed for sale on TikTok Shop in Ireland." Ireland is the only EU TikTok Shop market with this ban, and alcohol is separately unsupported EU-wide. If the category ever opens, per-EAN Re-turn registration (15 cent or 25 cent deposits) would apply on top of Repak membership. Q: Does TikTok handle Irish EPR registration for me? A: No. TikTok's EPR pay-on-behalf service "is available in France, Italy, and Spain only", so Irish sellers cannot buy out of EPR through the platform. Repak, Producer Register Limited and battery scheme numbers must be obtained and paid for directly, then submitted in Seller Center under Account Settings, Qualification Center, Extended Producer Responsibility. Q: What VAT rate applies to children's clothing on TikTok Shop Ireland? A: Zero. Revenue's zero rate covers clothing and footwear appropriate to children under 11 years of age, against a 23% Irish standard rate and rates of roughly 19% to 23% on the same goods in most other TikTok Shop EU markets. That single line item can make Ireland the best-margin EU market for a childrenswear catalogue. Q: How do Irish creators have to label TikTok Shop affiliate videos? A: With "#Ad" (or the Irish "#Fogra") or a platform "Paid partnership" label, as the first word in any text block, visible at the start of the video with a verbal disclosure, in a contrasting colour and large font, never behind a "see more" button. The CCPC states that for affiliate content it is not enough to only include the link, and it can issue compliance notices, fixed payment notices and prosecutions under the Consumer Protection Act 2007. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Spain: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-spain-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-spain-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Spain opened to self-serve sellers in February 2025 and now carries 21,000 sellers: fees, EPR at 0.89%, IVA and returns explained. Q: Can I sell wine, cava or beer on TikTok Shop Spain? A: No. TikTok Shop's EU Prohibited Products Policy dated 6 August 2026 applies to Spain with no local exception and classes "alcohol y bebidas alcohólicas, incluidos licores, vinos y cervezas" as not compatible. Low-alcohol drinks, chocolate liqueurs and home brewing kits are also excluded from TikTok Shop Spain. Q: Do I need a Spanish company to sell on TikTok Shop Spain? A: In the default case yes: TikTok Shop EU requires a Legal Entity applicant to be legally incorporated in the country of registration, hold inventory there and handle returns domestically, so TikTok Shop Spain expects a Spanish entity and a Spanish warehouse. The only published exception is discretionary, for larger enterprises with advanced logistics capabilities, decided case by case. Q: What does TikTok Shop Spain charge for EPR Pay-on-Behalf? A: TikTok Shop Spain charges 0.89% for packaging EPR and 1.51% for batteries, applied to (customer payment plus platform discount), with a minimum of EUR 0.01 per in-scope order. Spain is one of only three markets where the service exists, alongside France and Italy. Q: Does TikTok Shop Spain handle my WEEE obligations? A: No. TikTok Shop's WEEE Pay-on-Behalf service exists only in France, at 0.74%, so a seller of electrical goods on TikTok Shop Spain must register itself in the RII-AEE. Under RD 110/2015 art. 9 the producer identification number must be shown on the distance-sale page as well as on the invoice. Q: How long is the guarantee I must honour on TikTok Shop Spain? A: Three years. Real Decreto-ley 7/2021 raised Spain's minimum legal conformity guarantee from two years to three with effect from 1 January 2022, and extended spare-parts availability to ten years after a product ceases to be manufactured. TikTok Shop's EU returns policy adds no Spanish overlay, so on TikTok Shop Spain the third year is entirely the seller's liability. Q: Can TikTok Shop Spain deliver to the Canary Islands, Ceuta and Melilla? A: TikTok publishes no delivery-area exclusion list for Spain, so we cannot confirm whether those postcodes are served. What is certain is the tax position: Ley 37/1992 art. 3.Dos places Canarias, Ceuta and Melilla outside the Spanish IVA territory, so a shipment there from a peninsular warehouse is an export with IGIC or IPSI at destination, a split no other TikTok Shop EU market has internally. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop Spain charge a new seller? A: The standard EU rate is 9% of GMV from 8 January 2026, with 7% for specified Electronics and Beauty and Personal Care device sub-categories. From 15 June 2026 a verified first-time EU seller who accepts the mission and lists at least 5 in-stock products within 15 days pays 4% on TikTok Shop Spain for 60 calendar days. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in Italy: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-italy-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-italy-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Italy has 25.2 million monthly users and 21,000 active sellers: the operator guide to CONAI, RAEE, partita IVA and the 9% EU commission. Q: When did TikTok Shop launch in Italy? A: TikTok Shop launched in Italy on 31 March 2025, announced by TikTok's Italian newsroom on 27 March 2025, in the same wave as Germany and France and about nine months after Spain and Ireland in December 2024. Q: How big is TikTok Shop in Italy in 2026? A: TikTok reported on 27 April 2026 that TikTok Shop Italy reaches 25.2 million monthly active users and over 21,000 active Italian sellers, with shoppable video at 38% of Italian revenue, LIVE shopping at 20%, and over-40s at 41% of value. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop charge in Italy? A: TikTok Shop Italy charges the EU standard 9% of GMV, inclusive of applicable taxes including VAT, effective 8 January 2026, with a reduced 7% on specified Electronics and Beauty device sub-categories. First-time EU sellers completing the new-seller mission pay 4% for 60 calendar days. Q: Do I need a partita IVA to sell on TikTok Shop in Italy? A: Yes for Italian legal entities: TikTok Shop makes the partita IVA mandatory in Italy, where it is optional in every other EU market. Unregistered individual sellers must supply a personal codice fiscale in Germany and Italy only. Q: Does TikTok Shop handle my packaging EPR in Italy? A: No. TikTok Shop's Pay on Behalf covers packaging EPR only in France (0.49%) and Spain (0.89%), and its single Italian category is batteries at 1.65%, minimum EUR 0.01 per liable order. An Italian TikTok Shop selling packaged goods must hold its own CONAI registration or delist. Q: Do I need a RAEE number to sell electronics on TikTok Shop in Italy? A: Yes, and TikTok Shop will not ask for it. Registration in the Registro nazionale dei produttori di AEE at registroaee.it is mandatory before placing electrical equipment on the Italian market, expressly including distance selling. Q: Must TikTok Shop listings be in Italian? A: Yes. Art. 9 of the Codice del Consumo (D.Lgs. 206/2005) requires consumer information to be given at least in Italian, no less visible or legible than any other language, so TikTok Shop listings targeting Italy must be fully localised. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop Germany: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-germany-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-germany-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Germany launched 31 March 2025 with 24.2 million German users. Commission is 9%, EPR runs 4 schemes, and Pfand is a mandatory field. Q: Is TikTok Shop live in Germany? A: Yes. TikTok Shop launched in Germany on 31 March 2025, alongside France and Italy, and Germany appears in every TikTok Shop EU seller policy applicability tag fetched in September 2026, including the Seller Registration Policy dated 26 August 2026. TikTok Shop in Germany is restricted to users aged 18 and over. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop charge in Germany? A: TikTok Shop Germany charges the EU rate of 9% of GMV inclusive of applicable taxes including VAT, effective from 8 January 2026, with a reduced 7% rate on specified Electronics and Beauty and Personal Care device sub-categories. Roughly 127 sub-categories sit at 7% and roughly 218 at 9%. No Germany-only commission or surcharge is published. Q: Is there a new-seller commission discount on TikTok Shop Germany? A: Yes, but Germany gets the smaller one. Verified first-time EU sellers who accept the mission and list at least 5 in-stock products within 15 days pay 4% commission for 60 calendar days in Germany, France, Spain, Italy and Ireland, against 2% for 90 calendar days in the newer markets such as Poland and the Netherlands. It applies only to a seller's first TikTok Shop anywhere in the EU. Q: Do I need a German company to sell on TikTok Shop Germany? A: The default rule on TikTok Shop Germany is a locally incorporated legal entity that stores inventory in Germany, ships domestically and accepts returns domestically. Larger enterprises able to demonstrate advanced logistics capability may be permitted to ship from a warehouse in any EU locale, but TikTok states this is at its sole discretion and decided case by case. Separately, a valid German USt-IdNr from the Bundeszentralamt fuer Steuern is effectively non-negotiable because UStG section 25e makes TikTok secondarily liable for your unpaid German VAT without it. Q: Which EPR registrations do I need for TikTok Shop Germany? A: TikTok lists four mandatory streams for Germany: packaging via LUCID and the ZSVR, batteries via stiftung ear, electrical and electronic equipment via stiftung ear, and single-use plastics via DIVID. Battery registration is required per battery brand, the German number format is DE plus 8 digits, and validation in the TikTok Qualification Center takes 5 or more working days. Q: Can TikTok pay my German EPR fees on my behalf? A: No. TikTok states that its EPR Pay-on-Behalf service is available in France, Italy and Spain only, so a seller on TikTok Shop Germany must hold LUCID, stiftung ear and DIVID registrations in its own legal entity name. Listings are delisted where the platform cannot verify them, and ZSVR requires online platforms to block listings where verification fails. Q: Do I have to show a Pfand deposit on beverage listings in Germany? A: Yes. TikTok makes packaging type mandatory on every beverage listing on TikTok Shop Germany and requires an accurate Pfand value for DPG-registered containers. VerpackDG section 46(1) sets a minimum deposit of EUR 0.25 including VAT per filled single-use container, and PAngV section 7 requires the deposit to be shown next to the total price and excluded from both the total price and the unit price. Q: Can I sell books on TikTok Shop Germany? A: Only by application. Books are blocked from Sell Across EU for Germany and France specifically, and TikTok routes them through a country-level by-application process. The reason is the Buchpreisbindungsgesetz, under which sections 3 and 5 require the publisher-fixed end price including VAT to be observed for sales to final customers in Germany, which rules out discounting and platform-funded promotions on new books. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in France: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-france-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-france-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop France opened on 31 March 2025. Commission is 9% of GMV, EPR Pay-on-Behalf runs 0.49% to 1.40%, and ten French EPR streams apply. Q: Is TikTok Shop live in France? A: Yes. TikTok Shop opened to the public in France on 31 March 2025, in the same wave as Germany and Italy, and France appears on every TikTok Shop EU seller policy page fetched in September 2026 alongside Belgium, Germany, Spain, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and Poland. Q: Can I sell on TikTok Shop France without a registered company? A: Yes. France is one of only four TikTok Shop EU markets, with Germany, Spain and Italy, where an unregistered Vendeur individuel can register, and TikTok states that individual-seller registration is not supported in the Netherlands, Poland or Belgium. Q: How much commission does TikTok Shop France charge? A: TikTok Shop France charges the EU standard rate of 9% of GMV, effective from 8 January 2026 and inclusive of applicable taxes, with a reduced 7% on specified Electronics and Beauty device sub-categories and a 4% rate for 60 calendar days for qualifying first-time EU sellers in France. Q: Do I need a French EPR number to sell on TikTok Shop France? A: Yes, and you need one IDU per stream across up to ten French EPR streams. If you do not supply one, TikTok Shop France automatically enrols the listing into EPR Pay-on-Behalf and charges between 0.49% and 1.40% of order value depending on the stream. Q: Does TikTok Shop have a warehouse in France? A: No. TikTok Shop's Fulfilled by TikTok service operates warehouses only in Spain and Germany as of the FBT page dated 15 April 2026, and French customer orders are fulfilled cross-border from those two locations. Q: Do TikTok Shop France listings have to be written in French? A: Yes. Article 2 of the loi Toubon of 4 August 1994 makes French compulsory on TikTok Shop France in the product designation, offer, presentation, instructions, warranty description, invoices and receipts, and in all written, spoken and audiovisual advertising including live-selling scripts. Q: What must a creator disclose in a TikTok Shop France affiliate video? A: Under article 5 of loi n° 2023-451, a TikTok Shop France affiliate video or live must display Publicité or Collaboration commerciale clearly and legibly for the entire duration of the promotion, on pain of two years' imprisonment and a EUR 300,000 fine. Q: Is a VAT number required to register on TikTok Shop France? A: No. TikTok Shop's onboarding guide makes the VAT number optional for French companies (required only in Italy) and required only in Germany and Italy for auto-entrepreneurs, but the absence of a platform field does not remove any underlying French VAT registration obligation. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop in the Netherlands: 2026 Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-netherlands-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-netherlands-2026-operator-guide.txt TikTok Shop Netherlands launched 15 June 2026, charges 9% commission and is seller-fulfilled only: the operator guide to selling there in 2026. Q: When did TikTok Shop launch in the Netherlands? A: TikTok Shop opened to Dutch shoppers and third-party sellers on 15 June 2026, with seller registration and product upload opening two weeks earlier on 1 June 2026, according to TikTok's own Dutch newsroom post. That puts the Netherlands roughly 14.5 months behind Germany, France and Italy, which launched on 31 March 2025. Q: Can I sell on TikTok Shop Netherlands as a private individual? A: No. TikTok's EU Seller Onboarding Guide states that individual seller registration is not supported in the Netherlands, Poland or Belgium, and that only three business types are accepted for TikTok Shop Netherlands: eenmanszaak, private company (BV) and public company (NV). Every Dutch seller must therefore be KvK-registered. Q: Does TikTok fulfil orders in the Netherlands? A: No. In TikTok's EU shipping policy effective 27 August 2026, the Netherlands has "Ship by Seller" as the only available and default shipping type for Local-to-Local orders, so TikTok Shop Netherlands sellers carry pick, pack, label, dispatch and carrier cost entirely. Cross-border Sell Across EU orders out of a Dutch shop do get Fulfilled by TikTok and Ship by TikTok, with Ship by TikTok as the default. Q: What commission does TikTok Shop charge in the Netherlands? A: TikTok Shop Netherlands charges the EU standard commission of 9% of GMV, effective from 8 January 2026 and stated to be inclusive of applicable taxes including VAT, with a reduced 7% for specified electronics and beauty device sub-categories. Verified first-time EU sellers who accept the new-seller mission and list at least 5 in-stock products within 15 days pay 2% for 90 calendar days in the Netherlands. Q: Do I need a Dutch VAT number to open a TikTok Shop in the Netherlands? A: Not at registration. TikTok's onboarding guide lists a VAT number as mandatory only in Italy, so a Dutch entity can be onboarded before its btw-nummer is active. Dutch VAT still has to be inside the listing price, at the 21% standard rate or the 9% reduced rate where the product qualifies, and whether TikTok acts as deemed supplier for Dutch VAT is not published on any TikTok page. Q: Do I have to register with Verpact for packaging? A: Only above the threshold. Verpact registration and the afvalbeheersbijdrage are triggered above 50,000 kg of packaging placed on the Dutch market per calendar year, which makes the Netherlands an EU outlier compared with Germany's zero-threshold LUCID register. The relief does not apply to single-use plastics or deposit-system packaging, which are reportable from the first unit. Q: How long is the Dutch statutory guarantee on TikTok Shop orders? A: There is no fixed term. ACM ConsuWijzer states that Dutch wettelijke garantie has no fixed period and instead runs for as long as a product may reasonably be expected to last, often 6, 8 or even 10 years for durable or expensive goods, with a 2-month window to complain after discovering the defect. Sellers on TikTok Shop Netherlands should not provision warranty reserves on a two-year assumption. Q: Can I sell e-bikes on TikTok Shop Netherlands? A: No. TikTok's EU Restricted Products Policy tags E-Bikes and E-Scooters as available in Ireland, Italy and Germany only, so the category is blocked in the Netherlands despite being a major Dutch consumer category. Solar panels and Coins and Bullions are permitted in the Netherlands, though both are blocked in neighbouring Belgium. ## Curated vs open European marketplaces: approval in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-curated-european-marketplaces-eu-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-curated-european-marketplaces-eu-2026-operator-guide.txt Open, curated or invite-only: how 21 European marketplaces actually approve sellers, what DSA Article 30 forces them to demand, and what it costs. Q: What is the difference between an open and a curated marketplace? A: An open marketplace lets a qualifying business register and list without a human approving it, as Kaufland Global Marketplace does with one registration covering all its storefronts for one monthly fee. A curated marketplace reviews each application individually and can refuse it: OTTO states "We review each application individually before we enable a connection to otto.de", and ABOUT YOU manually validates every marketplace application. Open still means a documents checklist, not an absence of checks. Q: Which European marketplaces are invitation only? A: Amazon Vendor Central is the clearest invitation-only European programme. It is the 1P wholesale relationship in which Amazon becomes the retailer and sets the price, it has no public application route, and Amazon publishes no eligibility criteria at all. There is no queue to join and no form to submit, so any agency offering to file a Vendor Central application is describing a process Amazon does not document. Q: Why do EU marketplaces ask for my company registration documents? A: Because DSA Article 30(1) requires it. Before a trader may offer products to EU consumers, the marketplace must hold that trader's name, address, telephone number and email, a copy of its identification document or an eIDAS electronic identification, payment account details, the trade register and registration number, and a self-certification. Article 30(2) requires suspension until a trader provides all of it, and Article 30(7) requires it published on the listing. Q: How long does marketplace approval take in Europe? A: Only three durations come from primary sources. OTTO says its legitimation check can take up to 15 business days. ABOUT YOU indicates roughly four weeks from registration to going live. Mirakl's 2026 Seller Report puts ecosystem median onboarding at 28 days, with the fastest under two weeks. No European marketplace publishes an approval or rejection rate, so any table of durations by access model is guesswork. Q: Do I need an EU legal entity to sell on a curated European marketplace? A: Frequently yes. Shop Apotheke and Redcare require partners to be an EU legal entity with a VAT ID. OTTO Market requires a company with a national legal form and a registered office in the seller country, and excludes German small entrepreneurs under §19 UStG. Zalando requires an EU legal entity for own-fulfilment and Beauty partners in Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. bol requires KvK or Belgian trade register registration for at least 10 weeks. Q: Do curated marketplaces require local-language customer service? A: On several of them it is a hard requirement, not a preference. OTTO's seller checklist states plainly: "You offer a German-speaking customer service." Shop Apotheke and Redcare require written customer service in the local language, German for Germany and Austria, Italian for Italy, and French and Dutch for Belgium. Zalando requires two successful test orders in the official country language before go-live in Belgium and Switzerland. Q: Do European marketplaces publish their commission rates? A: Some do and many do not. Kaufland, Cdiscount, Allegro, Amazon and Shop Apotheke publish per-category grids: Kaufland charges 7% on Computers and Electronics and 16% on Jewellery, and Shop Apotheke charges a flat 16%. OTTO says commission is determined by the product group but publishes no percentage grid. Zalando, ABOUT YOU, Douglas, Breuninger and Decathlon publish no commission percentage at all, so their rates are set per category during onboarding. Q: Is ASOS Marketplace still open to sellers? A: No. ASOS announced on 24 January 2025 that vintage and boutique sellers would migrate onto asos.com, and the migration completed in April 2025. As of September 2026, marketplace.asos.com returns an HTTP 301 redirect to www.asos.com. Any guide still listing ASOS Marketplace as a live route into the UK fashion market is working from stale data, which is exactly why current status should be checked before a business case is built on a venue. ## How to Sell on Breuninger Marketplace: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-breuninger-germany-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-breuninger-germany-2026-operator-guide.txt Breuninger's marketplace is invite-only, documented live in 3 markets, and publishes no commission rate. What approval actually requires, in 2026. Q: Can I apply to sell on Breuninger's marketplace? A: No. Breuninger publishes no seller-application page: its corporate sitemap carried 345 URLs in September 2026 and none is a seller-onboarding page. Tradebyte states Breuninger "typically works through referral programs or direct outreach to brands", and ChannelEngine tells sellers to contact it to request a referral. Access is by invitation or accredited-partner referral only. Q: What commission does Breuninger charge? A: Breuninger does not publish a commission rate. ChannelEngine's Breuninger guide, updated 18 August 2026, records setup cost, commission and other costs all as "individually negotiated", and states there is a monthly fee plus a per-sale commission "determined through individual discussions with each merchant". Any specific Breuninger percentage you see quoted publicly is invented. Q: Which countries is the Breuninger marketplace live in? A: Three are documented: Germany, Austria and the Netherlands, matching the sales-channel codes brde, brat, brbc and brnl. The Breuninger shop itself reached 13 European countries on 20 May 2026, and Tradebyte advertises reach across "10+ countries", so treat three marketplace markets as the documented floor rather than a confirmed ceiling. Q: Does Breuninger fulfil marketplace orders? A: No. Breuninger operates no marketplace fulfilment service for partner articles. The seller ships directly, a mixed basket arrives in several parcels with separate dispatch confirmations, partner articles cannot be gift-wrapped or sent by express, and an order containing a partner article can be cancelled only within 30 minutes of order receipt. Q: Who is the legal seller on a Breuninger partner order? A: Breuninger. Its T&Cs of 28 August 2026 name E. Breuninger GmbH & Co. as Anbieter und Vertragspartner and state the payee is always Breuninger. But partner goods ship under the partner's retention of title, so the brand still carries producer duties under GPSR, packaging EPR and German product law. Q: What are Breuninger's return rules for partner articles? A: Breuninger grants a voluntary 30-day return right on top of the statutory 14-day withdrawal right. The T&Cs dated 28 August 2026 name a EUR 3.00 flat return-cost contribution offset against the refund, while a help article updated 2 September 2026 says partner returns are free within 30 days. Refunds can take up to 14 working days. Q: What German compliance does a Breuninger partner need? A: At minimum: European VAT registration (Breuninger requires proof), packaging EPR under the PPWR and VerpackDG regime that replaced the Verpackungsgesetz on 12 August 2026, GPSR Article 19 offer data with an EU responsible person, and German-language fibre labelling under section 4 TextilKennzG. Section 6 ElektroG and section 4 BattDG apply to electricals and batteries. Q: Can Breuninger remove my products after onboarding? A: Yes. Breuninger selects which of your SKUs are listed, and its Animal Welfare Policy (August 2023) bans real fur, angora rabbit wool and wild-animal materials including crocodile, lizard and snake, with violating products removed and returned at the partner's expense. Serious breach allows immediate termination, and terms can be amended unilaterally unless objected to within 8 weeks. ## How to Sell on eMAG Marketplace (RO, HU, BG) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-emag-romania-hungary-bulgaria-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-emag-romania-hungary-bulgaria-2026-operator-guide.txt eMAG Marketplace is curated and live in Romania, Hungary and Bulgaria; commission runs 7% to 25%, payouts land twice monthly, and SGR deposit rules bite. Q: Can one account sell on eMAG in Romania, Hungary and Bulgaria? A: Yes. eMAG runs one platform across all three countries and states that your commissions remain the same regardless of the country. But onboarding is not a single signature: eMAG requires legal documents to be signed for each of the three platforms separately, plus a transport contract with at least one integrated courier if you are not using Fulfilment by eMAG. Q: What commission does eMAG charge? A: eMAG publishes only a range: commission varies between 7% and 25% depending on category, and eMAG states the detailed fee grid is shown in the contract before you sign it. No per-category commission grid exists on any eMAG-owned page as of September 2026, and the same 7% to 25% range appears on the Bulgarian and Hungarian seller FAQs. Q: When does eMAG pay sellers? A: eMAG pays twice a month. Orders completed between the 1st and the 15th are paid on the 17th, or the first working day after. Orders completed from the 16th to the end of the month are paid on the 3rd, or the first working day after. eMAG deducts its commission automatically from your sales before payout. Q: Can a non-Romanian company sell on eMAG? A: Yes, in practice. eMAG's onboarding page states that all legal forms of companies are accepted (SRL, SA and PFA) with no equivalent statement about foreign entities, but eMAG publishes a dedicated guide on registering non-resident companies in Romania for VAT purposes and features non-Romanian sellers in its own materials, so foreign companies are onboarded. Q: Does Fulfilment by eMAG create a Romanian VAT registration obligation? A: Almost certainly yes. FBE holds your stock in an eMAG warehouse, and storing goods in a Member State creates a local VAT registration obligation there that the One Stop Shop does not cover. The EUR 10,000 EU distance-selling threshold that eMAG's cross-border guidance points to covers sales shipped from your own country, not stock you hold abroad. Q: Does the Romanian SGR deposit apply to beverage cans? A: Yes. Romania's SGR deposit of 0.50 RON applies to non-reusable primary packaging of glass, plastic or metal holding 0.1 to 3 litres of beer, cider, juices, soft drinks, waters, wines and spirits. Metal beverage cans in that volume band are squarely in scope. Tinned food, jars, milk packaging, drinking cups, pouches and bag-in-box are outside it. Q: Is eMAG Marketplace live in Poland? A: No. eMAG Marketplace is not live for third-party sellers in Poland; its seller platform covers Romania, Hungary and Bulgaria only. eMAG's Polish-facing product is eMAG Courier Poland, a collection service for existing eMAG sellers holding a pick-up point in Poland, taking goods up to 300 cm girth and 31.5 kg into the three live markets. Q: What does Hungary's MOHU registration require? A: Hungarian producers must register on the MOHU Partner Portal at oss.mohu.hu as packaging EPR producers, a requirement running since 1 April 2023, register each product, send physical samples to MOHU and to reverse-vending-machine manufacturers for audit, and mark packaging per the statutory manual. From 1 July 2024 only registered products may be placed on the Hungarian market. ## How to Sell on Douglas Marketplace: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-douglas-marketplace-europe-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-douglas-marketplace-europe-2026-operator-guide.txt Douglas is curated with no seller sign-up, publishes zero commission rates and is itself the legal seller across just 9 beauty categories in the EU. Q: Can I register myself as a seller on Douglas? A: No. There is no self-service seller registration on any DOUGLAS storefront. The only public route is the pitch form at douglas.group/en/become-our-partner, which requires a completed brand one-pager on DOUGLAS's template plus a brand presentation, both PDF and each under 10MB, and DOUGLAS describes the resulting partners as "selected" (checked 2 September 2026). Q: What commission does Douglas charge? A: DOUGLAS does not publish commission rates, fees or a rate card anywhere. Integrator ChannelEngine, in a guide updated 4 August 2026, records the percentage of the purchase price only as "depends on the category" and states that "the exact percentage is negotiated per partner". Any specific DOUGLAS commission figure quoted online, including the "standard 10%" on agency blogs, has no primary source. Q: Who is the legal seller on Douglas, the brand or Douglas? A: Douglas is. The Polish terms of service state the sale contract is concluded between the customer and Douglas even for goods dispatched by a partner, and ChannelEngine records that "Douglas is the legal seller of the products on the platform". The only mandatory offer field a partner maps is Price, "which is your buying price", so the partner sells wholesale and Douglas sets the consumer price. Q: Which countries is the Douglas partner programme live in? A: Only Poland is confirmable from a DOUGLAS-controlled legal document, whose terms of service define "Partnerzy Douglas" and set separate partner rules. Germany is the home market on integrator evidence. ChannelEngine lists 12 countries served while its own channel directory lists nine, and DOUGLAS publishes no live-market list. The application form lets a brand request 20 named countries plus DACH, Eastern Europe or Southern Europe. Q: How fast must a Douglas partner order ship, and can I include marketing inserts? A: DOUGLAS requires partner orders to be shipped within 1 to 3 days, and works exclusively with DHL in Germany and Poland, so all German orders ship via DHL. Each parcel must carry a delivery note, return instructions printed in landscape format and a pre-printed DHL return label. No inserts: no flyers or leaflets, and the package must be neutral with no branding whatsoever. Q: Does a cosmetics Responsible Person satisfy the GPSR responsible person requirement? A: They are two different roles, and for cosmetics only one applies. Regulation 1223/2009 sits at item 35 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, so GPSR Article 2(1)(b) disapplies the Article 16 responsible-person duty for cosmetics entirely. The Article 4 Responsible Person under 1223/2009 is the only such role for a cosmetic. The GPSR role, applying since 13 December 2024, covers non-cosmetic lines such as electric tools. Q: What is the return window on Douglas partner products in Poland? A: 30 days from receipt, not the statutory 14. Douglas bears the return cost when the customer uses a return service Douglas designates. The customer must send goods back within 14 days of declaring withdrawal, and Douglas refunds within 14 days of receiving the declaration. Partner goods cannot be returned in a Douglas store; they go to Douglas's Polish returns warehouse, which bulk-ships them on to the partner. ## How to Sell on Allegro in Czechia, Slovakia and Hungary 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-allegro-czechia-slovakia-hungary-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-allegro-czechia-slovakia-hungary-2026-operator-guide.txt Allegro runs live marketplaces in Czechia, Slovakia and Hungary with 4.9 million active buyers, one seller account, and commissions from 2.5% to 17%. Q: Are allegro.cz, allegro.sk and allegro.hu all live for third-party sellers? A: Yes. All three are live as of 2 September 2026, and none is merely announced. Allegro.cz opened to merchants on 10 May 2023, allegro.sk launched in February 2024 and allegro.hu launched on 2 October 2024. Each has its own storefront, seller knowledge base, fee page and Allegro Smart! terms page on help.allegro.com. Q: Do I need a separate Allegro account for each country? A: No. One Allegro seller account covers all four marketplaces, and Allegro's rule is "list once, sell everywhere". The Czechia page states you do not need to list new offers or register another account to start selling on allegro.cz. A company seated in Czechia, Slovakia or Hungary registers on its own domain, which then becomes its base marketplace in the API. Q: What commission does Allegro charge in Czechia, Slovakia and Hungary? A: Allegro publishes 13 department-level bands identical across all three markets, from 2.5% to 8% in Electronics up to 13% to 17% in Accessories and Others, with Fashion capped at 11.5%. The exact per-category rate inside each band is not published publicly and sits behind an authenticated Sales Center annex, so use Allegro's own fee calculator to confirm a specific rate. Q: Is Allegro curated or can any brand register? A: Allegro is open, not curated. Its registration guide describes a self-serve online form with no application or approval committee, and Allegro states that registering is simple and free of charge. The only gate it names is identity and company verification required before withdrawals, including KYC on beneficial owners holding over 25% of shares or votes. Q: What extra fee applies on allegro.hu? A: allegro.hu carries a Local retail surcharge of 3.6% net (4.43% gross) charged on the product price plus the buyer-selected delivery cost. Allegro began collecting it on 1 July 2025 as a pass-through of Hungarian retail sales tax and states it transfers the amount to the authorities without margin. It applies to allegro.hu only, not to allegro.cz or allegro.sk. Q: Do I have to register for VAT in Czechia, Slovakia or Hungary? A: Not automatically. Allegro's guidance is that a Poland-established VAT payer selling B2C can settle under the EUR 10,000 EU-wide distance-selling threshold or, above it, via VAT OSS, without local registration in the three markets. Allegro also states OSS cannot be used where the seller holds stock in other countries or sells B2B. Take local tax advice before warehousing stock in-market. Q: Can I list in English on allegro.cz? A: Allegro's API allows offer creation in cs-CZ and en-US for allegro-cz, but each foreign marketplace displays only in the local language, and Allegro auto-translates title, description and parameters into Czech, Slovak or Hungarian. Separately, Allegro requires the physical product to carry a label and manual in the local language, plus local-language warranty and returns terms, before you ship. Q: How long does Welcome Program relief last on the CEE marketplaces? A: The Welcome Program runs 180 days on allegro.cz, allegro.sk and allegro.hu, double the 90 days offered on allegro.pl. It gives a 100% discount on sales commission for non-featured offers, capped at 17,000 CZK, EUR 700 or 2,500,000 HUF, and on allegro.hu it also covers the local retail surcharge. It excludes classifieds categories and OTC Medication. ## How to Sell on Galaxus in 2026: DE and CH Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-galaxus-germany-switzerland-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-galaxus-germany-switzerland-2026-operator-guide.txt Galaxus is curated, not open: 11 assortment groups, commissions from 1.5% to 20%, no listing fees, and two separate legal regimes for DE and CH. Q: Can I just sign up and start selling on Galaxus? A: No. Galaxus does not operate open self-registration: its own merchant page states it opens its shops to no supplier at all costs and that merchants are handpicked. Applications go through the Partner Portal at partner.galaxus.eu into a reviewed queue, and four conditions must be met before a contract exists: completed onboarding, a payment services contract, returns carrier registration, and a positive credit rating. Q: How much commission does Galaxus charge? A: Galaxus publishes indicative ranges by assortment group. On galaxus.de they run from 1.5% to 18.0% (fee overview effective 27 February 2026); on galaxus.ch from 1.5% to 20.0% (effective 28 April 2026). Galaxus states these are informational and non-binding: the binding rate is set per product type in the downloadable fee list, calculated on the net sales price excluding VAT. Q: Does Galaxus charge a monthly fee or a listing fee? A: No. Galaxus states that merchants bear no basic fees and no initial costs on either the German or the Swiss marketplace, meaning no setup fee, no monthly subscription and no per-listing fee. The only Galaxus charge is the variable sales commission, quoted net with VAT added on top. The merchant's own integration and feed costs sit outside that. Q: Do I need a German VAT number to sell on galaxus.de? A: Yes, unless you use OSS. Clause 3.7 of the Galaxus Germany terms requires a German VAT ID from the Bundeszentralamt für Steuern unless all German sales are declared through the One Stop Shop under Section 18j UStG. The same clause restricts registration to businesses holding both a registered office and a warehouse inside the European Union. Q: Do I need Swiss VAT registration and a fiscal representative for galaxus.ch? A: It depends on the route. If an EU merchant sells into Switzerland only through the Galaxus EU Hub, Digitec Galaxus AG assumes the importer role and no Swiss fiscal representation is needed. A merchant importing in its own name remains the importer, pays Swiss import VAT and needs a Swiss fiscal representative to reclaim it. Since 1 January 2025 Galaxus remits 8.1% Swiss VAT as deemed supplier. Q: Does Galaxus offer fulfilment like Amazon FBA? A: Not for domestic selling. Galaxus operates no warehouse-and-ship service for merchants selling inside Germany or Switzerland: you ship direct to the customer while Galaxus handles product data, order administration and payment. The one exception is the EU Hub, where an EU merchant ships to a German consolidation address and Galaxus runs export, Swiss import clearance, final-mile delivery and the whole return cycle. Q: When does Galaxus pay out? A: Differently in each market. On galaxus.de payments run through Stripe: funds are usually available on the Stripe Connect account three days after customer payment, released on a monthly rolling payout, and Galaxus states individual payouts are not possible in the EU marketplace. On galaxus.ch the merchant chooses a daily, weekly or monthly payout cycle, with statements emailed on the 5th. Q: Which EPR registrations does galaxus.de require before listing? A: Three registers. Galaxus requires a WEEE number under ElektroG per category and brand combination from Stiftung EAR, a battery registration under the Batteriegesetz plus an approved take-back system such as GRS Batterien, and a LUCID packaging ID under VerpackG with a dual system contract. Both the WEEE number and the LUCID ID are mandatory product-data fields for German admission. ## How to Sell on zooplus Marketplace: 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-zooplus-marketplace-de-fr-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-zooplus-marketplace-de-fr-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on zooplus Marketplace in Germany and France: how to apply, what it costs, shipping rules, and how Operator One sells there for brands. Q: Is zooplus Marketplace open to any seller? A: No. zooplus Marketplace is application-only, with no self-registration. zooplus reviews each application, holds a video call, and only then sends a Mirakl link to build the storefront. Q: Which countries can I sell into on zooplus Marketplace? A: Germany and France, as of September 2026. Each storefront sells to its own country, and zooplus says more countries will follow over the coming years. Q: What does zooplus Marketplace cost? A: zooplus does not publish its commission rate; it is agreed per partner and charged on the selling price plus shipping, excluding VAT. There is also a monthly fee of unpublished size, free for the first 3 months. Q: Does zooplus offer fulfilment for marketplace sellers? A: No. Every zooplus Marketplace order is shipped by the seller, within 2 business days and with a tracking number. Q: Do I need packaging EPR registration to sell on zooplus? A: Yes, in both markets. Germany requires LUCID registration, which marketplaces must check, and France requires an identifiant unique for each EPR stream. Q: Can Operator One sell on zooplus for my brand? A: Yes. Operator One is live on zooplus Marketplace in Germany and France and sells as the legal seller, so your brand does not need its own German or French company. Book a call to check whether your range fits. ## Operator One footprint: 100+ marketplaces, 28 countries, one compliance stack URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/operator-one-footprint-100-marketplaces-28-countries-compliance-stack Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-operator-one-footprint-100-marketplaces-28-countries-compliance-stack.txt Operator One now runs brands across 100+ marketplaces in 28 countries as registered Merchant of Record. A field note on what that footprint actually covers: VAT registrations, EPR streams, GPSR responsible-person service, packaging files, and the operational layer that sits underneath each listing. ## GPSR and DAC7, 18 months in: what marketplaces are actually enforcing URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/gpsr-dac7-18-months-marketplace-enforcement-review Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-gpsr-dac7-18-months-marketplace-enforcement-review.txt GPSR has applied since 13 December 2024 and DAC7 reports fall due each 31 January. What EU marketplaces now block at upload, and who carries each duty. Q: Do I need an EU responsible person to sell on Amazon or bol.com under GPSR? A: Yes, for consumer products in scope. GPSR, Regulation (EU) 2023/988, has applied since 13 December 2024, and Article 16(1) says a product cannot be placed on the EU market unless an economic operator established in the Union is responsible for it. Through Article 4(2) of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 that operator is an EU manufacturer, an importer, an authorised representative with a written mandate, or an EU fulfilment service provider where none of the others exists. Q: Which GPSR article covers the responsible person: Article 4 or Article 16? A: Article 16. In Regulation (EU) 2023/988, Article 16 is headed "Responsible person for products placed on the Union market", while Article 4 is headed "Distance sales". The confusion comes from Article 16(1), which refers to the tasks in Article 4(3) of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, the EU market surveillance regulation. Cite GPSR Article 16 when a marketplace or an authority asks for the legal basis. Q: What happens if I ignore GPSR and DAC7 obligations on EU marketplaces? A: Listings come down and payouts can stop. GPSR Article 22(4) obliges an EU online marketplace to act on a market surveillance authority's removal order within two working days, and Article 22(11) requires it to suspend traders that frequently offer non-compliant products. Under DAC7 Annex V, Section IV, a platform still lacking a seller's tax data after two reminders and 60 days must close the account and block re-registration, or withhold the consideration. Q: Who is the responsible person when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Where a Merchant of Record imports the goods into the EU, it is the EU importer as a legal consequence and therefore the responsible economic operator under Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Article 4(2) and GPSR Article 16. Its name and postal and electronic address go on the product or packaging. CE marking, conformity assessment, technical documentation and the EU Declaration of Conformity remain the manufacturer's obligations under Regulation (EC) 765/2008 and GPSR Article 9. Q: What is the DAC7 reporting deadline, and what data goes to the tax authority? A: Under Council Directive (EU) 2021/514, platforms must complete due diligence by 31 December of the reportable period and report by 31 January of the following year. Annex V requires the seller's identification data collected under Section II, the financial account identifier where available, each member state of residence, total consideration per quarter with the number of relevant activities, and fees, commissions or taxes withheld per quarter. Sellers receive the same figures by 31 January. Q: Is my small seller account exempt from DAC7 reporting? A: Only if both thresholds hold. Council Directive (EU) 2021/514 defines an Excluded Seller of goods as one for which the platform facilitated fewer than 30 sales and paid or credited total consideration of no more than EUR 2,000 during the reportable period. Cross either limit on a single EU platform and the account is reportable. Governmental entities and listed entities are also excluded under the same DAC7 definition. Q: Why did my EU marketplace account get suspended for missing trader information? A: Often the legal basis is the Digital Services Act, not GPSR. Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 has applied since 17 February 2024, and Article 30 requires marketplaces to obtain a trader's name, address, telephone number, email, identification document, payment account details, trade register number and a compliance self-certification before the trader may sell to EU consumers. Under Article 30(3), if the trader does not correct inaccurate or incomplete data, the platform must swiftly suspend it. Q: What must a product listing show under GPSR in Germany or the Netherlands? A: The same minimum everywhere in the EU. GPSR Article 19 requires every distance-selling offer, whether on Amazon.de in Germany or bol.com in the Netherlands, to show the manufacturer's name with postal and electronic address, the responsible person's details where the manufacturer is not established in the Union, product identification including a picture, type and identifier, and any warning or safety information. Article 22(9) obliges marketplaces to provide the fields for this. Q: When does the Digital Product Passport start, and does it apply to my products? A: The first binding date is 18 February 2027, and it applies to batteries, not to all products. Article 77 of the Batteries Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 requires a battery passport for each LMT battery, each industrial battery above 2 kWh and each electric vehicle battery placed on the EU market from that date. Other product groups follow later through delegated acts under the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation (EU) 2024/1781. ## The marketplace mandate: why Amazon, Bol and eBay are legally required to check your EPR before listing URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/marketplace-mandate-epr-registration-enforcement Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-marketplace-mandate-epr-registration-enforcement.txt Amazon, bol and eBay must check your EPR, GPSR and DSA data before listing. German EPR fines reach EUR 200,000, and PPWR applies from 12 August 2026. Q: Do I need a LUCID registration to sell packaged goods on Amazon Germany? A: Yes, if you are the producer of packaging that reaches German consumers. Since 12 August 2026, PPWR Article 45(4) requires online platforms to obtain your registration number in the packaging register of the Member State where the consumer is located, in Germany LUCID, before you can sell. Germany's Verpackungsrecht-Durchführungsgesetz (VerpackDG), which replaced the Verpackungsgesetz that day, also bars distributors and fulfilment service providers from handling packaging of unregistered producers (section 13). LUCID registrations made under the old law remain valid (section 68(2)). Q: What is France's Identifiant Unique and when did it become mandatory? A: The Identifiant Unique (IDU) is the registration number ADEME issues to producers under article L541-10-13 of France's Code de l'environnement, mandatory since 1 January 2022. A producer holds one IDU per EPR scheme, so packaging, electrical equipment and furniture each need their own. According to ADEME, a marketplace becomes the producer for third-party sales unless it holds proof that the seller has an IDU for the scheme concerned. Q: Does a German WEEE registration also cover my packaging and batteries? A: No. In Germany each stream has its own registration. Electrical and electronic equipment is registered with stiftung elektro-altgeräte register under the ElektroG, batteries are registered with stiftung ear under the BattDG, and packaging is registered in LUCID under the VerpackDG, which replaced the VerpackG on 12 August 2026. According to the Umweltbundesamt, marketplaces and fulfilment providers have had to verify ElektroG registration since 1 July 2023, with fines up to EUR 100,000 per infringement. Q: What information does DSA Article 30 require a marketplace to collect from me? A: Under Article 30(1) of the Digital Services Act, Regulation (EU) 2022/2065, applicable since 17 February 2024, a platform must obtain, where applicable: your name, address, telephone and email; an identification document or electronic identification; payment account details; your trade register and registration number; and a self-certification that you only offer products complying with EU law. Article 30(2) requires best efforts to check this is reliable and complete. Q: What are the consequences of selling without EPR registration in Germany? A: Germany fines on several fronts. Under VerpackDG section 66(3), which replaced the VerpackG fine rules on 12 August 2026, failing to participate in a system can cost up to EUR 200,000 and failing to register in LUCID up to EUR 100,000. ElektroG section 45(2) allows fines up to EUR 100,000 for marketplaces enabling offers of unregistered electrical equipment, and BattDG section 60(3) up to EUR 100,000 for supplying batteries of unregistered producers. Marketplaces must also refuse offers of electrical equipment from unregistered producers. Q: If a Merchant of Record is the seller, who carries the EPR and product safety obligations? A: EPR follows the legal entity that each national law treats as the producer, typically the one first placing goods on that market, and registrations do not transfer between entities. Where Operator One imports goods into the EU as Merchant of Record, it is the importer and the responsible economic operator under Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Article 4 and GPSR Article 16. CE marking, the technical file and the EU Declaration of Conformity stay with the manufacturer. Q: What changed for marketplace sellers on 12 August 2026 under the PPWR? A: Regulation (EU) 2025/40, the Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation, has applied since 12 August 2026 and repealed Directive 94/62/EC from that date, with transitional exceptions. Article 44 requires packaging producers to register in each Member State where they first make packaging available, Article 45(3) requires certain producers to appoint an authorised representative for EPR, and Article 45(4) obliges online platforms to collect EPR compliance information from producers. Q: Is a marketplace responsible for packaging EPR in Spain? A: Partly. Spain's Royal Decree 1055/2022, in force since 29 December 2022, provides that where packaged products from outside Spain are sold through an e-commerce platform and the producer has not appointed an authorised representative in Spain, the platform acts subsidiarily as producer for financial and information obligations. Article 15 required producers to register in the packaging section of the Registro de Productores de Producto within three months. ## O1 Suite Updates: More Control Across Pricing, Finance & Operations URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-updates-more-control-across-pricing-finance-operations Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-updates-more-control-across-pricing-finance-operations.txt The latest O1 Suite updates improve pricing control, settlement visibility, and replenishment automation, helping brands manage marketplace operations more efficiently across Europe. ## VisualForge Explained: Scaling A+ Content Across European Marketplaces URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/visualforge-turning-marketplace-complexity-into-scalable-a-content Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-visualforge-turning-marketplace-complexity-into-scalable-a-content.txt VisualForge introduces a structured approach to A+ content creation across marketplaces. By connecting product data, modular content blocks, and marketplace requirements, it reduces manual work and improves consistency. Designed for multi-marketplace operations, VisualForge helps brands scale content more efficiently while maintaining control over quality and performance. ## O1 Suite Explained: Bringing Clarity to European Marketplace Operations URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-explained-bringing-clarity-to-european-marketplace-operations Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-explained-bringing-clarity-to-european-marketplace-operations.txt O1 Suite is the environment that supports Operator One’s marketplace operations across Europe. It connects commercial performance, operational processes, and marketplace data into one shared system, helping brands gain clearer visibility across their marketplace activities. In this article and video walkthrough, we show how O1 Suite works and how it helps brands monitor performance, track operational activity, and manage marketplace operations across multiple European platforms. ## New in the O1 Suite: Pricing Control, Clearer Shipments, and Better Performance Insights URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/new-in-the-o1-suite-pricing-control-clearer-shipments-and-better-performance-insights Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-new-in-the-o1-suite-pricing-control-clearer-shipments-and-better-performance-insights.txt The January O1 Suite update introduces enhanced pricing management, clearer shipment reconciliation, and improved performance visibility across dashboards and advertising. New pricing workflows simplify multi-market price updates, while the Inbound Incomplete status improves transparency between shipped and received stock. Together with smarter notification controls and operational improvements, these updates reduce manual work and give brands greater control over daily marketplace operations. ## New release: New Replenishment flow in the O1 Suite! URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/new-release-new-replenishment-flow-in-the-o1-suite Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-new-release-new-replenishment-flow-in-the-o1-suite.txt The latest O1 Suite update launches a fully automated Replenishment Workflow, including demand-driven Purchase Order generation and a new shipment flow that shortens operational cycles. Alongside this, we introduce a dedicated Demand Planning Setup Form and expand the Suite’s core modules, giving brands greater control over stock, logistics, and execution across marketplaces. These enhancements reduce manual work, prevent stock-outs, and enable faster, data-driven growth in Europe. ## O1 Suite updates: Buy Box Feature is live, PO order system in progress URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/fresh-updates-in-the-o1-suite-buy-box-feature-is-live-po-order-system-in-progress Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-fresh-updates-in-the-o1-suite-buy-box-feature-is-live-po-order-system-in-progress.txt The latest O1 Suite update introduces an improved Buy Box module with a guided video walkthrough, expands marketplace access with the addition of About You, and prepares for a major new feature: automated Purchase Order generation. These updates strengthen visibility, speed up execution, and give brands new opportunities to scale across Europe. ## Why GTIN Management Defines Marketplace Success in Europe URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/why-gtin-management-defines-marketplace-success-in-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-why-gtin-management-defines-marketplace-success-in-europe.txt Correct GTIN/EAN management is essential for marketplace success in Europe. Since the EAN is the European format of the GTIN, it defines how products are identified and displayed across platforms like Amazon EU, bol.com, Kaufland, and Allegro. Using accurate, GS1-approved codes protects content ownership, prevents duplicate or incorrect listings, and supports sustainable cross-border growth. ## O1 Suite Update: Advertising Transparency and Smarter Restock Planning Ahead URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-update-smarter-restock-planning-with-the-replenishment-portal Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-update-smarter-restock-planning-with-the-replenishment-portal.txt This O1 Suite update introduces q major development: the new Advertising Dashboard for full transparency into campaign performance. The upcoming Replenishment Portal that will make restock planning smarter and faster. Together, they bring even greater visibility and control to your marketplace operations. ## O1 Suite Update: Smarter Product & Marketplace Status URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-update-smarter-product-tracking-enhanced-data-visibility Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-update-smarter-product-tracking-enhanced-data-visibility.txt This month’s O1 Suite update introduces two new tools to make catalog management clearer and more efficient. With the new Product Status Data, you can quickly check which items are live or inactive across marketplaces and export the results for reporting. The Marketplace Product Status feature goes a level deeper, showing per-item details with external and channel references, also fully exportable. Together, they give you sharper visibility and control as you scale across Europe. ## O1 Suite Update: Three New Features + A Chance to Shape What’s Next URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-update-three-new-features-a-chance-to-shape-whats-next Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-update-three-new-features-a-chance-to-shape-whats-next.txt This O1 Suite update introduces three impactful new features: a Returns Dashboard for improved visibility, a Country-Level Price Overview for smarter pricing strategies, and an On-Demand Report Generator for instant, tailored insights. For the first time, users also have the chance to vote on upcoming features, help shape the future of the O1 Suite by sharing what matters most to you. ## O1 Suite Update: Three Powerful New Features to Optimize Your Operations URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-update-three-powerful-new-features-to-optimize-your-operations Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-update-three-powerful-new-features-to-optimize-your-operations.txt Discover the latest O1 Suite updates, including external stock location integration and advanced order filtering. Gain full inventory visibility and streamline your order management with new tools built for smarter ecommerce operations. ## Operator One Accelerates Marketplace Growth with New O1 Suite Release URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/o1-suite-new-releases Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-o1-suite-new-releases.txt Operator One has launched an upgraded O1 Suite, enhancing marketplace operations with real-time data visibility, cross-border functionality, and a user-friendly interface to support scalable growth. More features are planned to further simplify selling on marketplaces. ## Launch of Operator One Suite - revolutionize marketplace sales and operations URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/launch-of-operator-one-suite-marketplace-operator Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-launch-of-operator-one-suite-marketplace-operator.txt Ondrej Hradec, CEO, and Stev van Boekel, Co-Founder, introduce the Operator One Suite, a revolutionary tool for marketplace management. Designed for partners using the Merchant of Record model, this suite offers detailed insights and streamlined operations across multiple platforms like Amazon, Kaufland, and Bol. ## Strategies for SMEs: Stef van Boekel on BNR Radio’s "Internationaal Ondernemen" URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/strategies-for-smes-stef-van-boekel-on-bnr-radios-internationaal-ondernemen Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-strategies-for-smes-stef-van-boekel-on-bnr-radios-internationaal-ondernemen.txt Stef van Boekel, discusses strategies for SMEs to navigate and succeed in international marketplaces on BNR Radio’s "Internationaal Ondernemen" podcast. Learn key insights on expanding your business globally and overcoming common challenges. ## Embracing AI and Social Commerce: O1's Role in the Transforming Marketplace URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/embracing-ai-and-social-commerce-operator-ones-role-in-the-transforming-marketplace-landscape Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-embracing-ai-and-social-commerce-operator-ones-role-in-the-transforming-marketplace-landscape.txt Delve into the insights from our CEO's article on Emerce where he talks about the future of marketplaces and the impact of AI. Discover how these advancements are shaping online retail, and what this would mean for businesses in Europe. In conclusion, a must-read for industry enthusiasts. ## Operator One: Transforming E-commerce in EU - Interview with Stef van Boekel URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/operator-one-transforming-e-commerce-across-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-operator-one-transforming-e-commerce-across-europe.txt Operator One, as highlighted in De Ondernemer, offers critical guidance for businesses in online marketplaces. It provides tailored solutions, strategic insights, and innovative tools to navigate the complexities of e-commerce, enhancing sellers' ability to adapt to changing trends. ## Maximizing Visibility with Mabaya's Sponsored Ads on European Marketplaces URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/maximizing-visibility-with-mabayas-sponsored-ads-on-european-marketplaces Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-maximizing-visibility-with-mabayas-sponsored-ads-on-european-marketplaces.txt Mabaya Ads elevates brand profiles on European marketplaces through its sophisticated targeting and data-driven advertising, providing sellers with the tools to boost product visibility, engage effectively with customers, and harness the potential of diverse e-commerce platforms for increased market reach and impact. ## Unlock Your Brand's Full Potential in Cross-Border Marketplaces URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/unlock-your-brands-full-potential-in-cross-border-marketplaces Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-unlock-your-brands-full-potential-in-cross-border-marketplaces.txt As Operator One, we offer a complimentary Amazon Market Potential Check, guiding brands in expanding to over 100 EU marketplaces with insights into market dynamics and consumer preferences for successful cross-border e-commerce growth. ## Decoding the Marketplace Operator: Your Gateway to Rapid European E-commerce Expansion URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/decoding-the-marketplace-operator-your-gateway-to-rapid-european-e-commerce-expansion Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-decoding-the-marketplace-operator-your-gateway-to-rapid-european-e-commerce-expansion.txt Operator One pioneers European cross-border marketplace expansion. Our article explains the marketplace operator model, and explains how brands can expand to 100+ EU marketplaces. Dive in for seamless EU e-commerce success. ## Operator One Launches in Benelux: Revolutionizing E-commerce for Sellers Across Europe URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/operator-one-launches-in-benelux-revolutionizing-e-commerce-for-sellers-across-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-operator-one-launches-in-benelux-revolutionizing-e-commerce-for-sellers-across-europe.txt Operator One launches in the Benelux, streamlining the online selling process and targeting the challenges faced by 70% of Amazon sellers. From day one, the company expands beyond Amazon, supporting over 100 European marketplaces and simplifying cross-border e-commerce as the legal seller of record. ## How to Sell on Decathlon Marketplace 2026: Operator One Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-decathlon-marketplace-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-decathlon-marketplace-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to selling on Decathlon Marketplace across Europe. Covers the platform's sport, outdoor and fitness focus, the curated partner application and onboarding flow, multi-country launch logistics across FR/IT/ES/DE/BE/NL/PT/UK and beyond, category restrictions, customer-service and returns standards, and the FBR (Fulfilled by Retailer) options available to third-party sellers. Written for European brands considering Decathlon as a complementary channel alongside generalist marketplaces. ## How to sell on Amazon Germany in 2026: the operator's guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-germany-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-germany-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.de in 2026: EUR 39 plan, 7% to 15% referral fees, 19% VAT, LUCID, ElektroG and BattDG EPR, FBA from EUR 3.44 and Pan-EU. Q: Do I need a German company to sell on Amazon Germany? A: No. Amazon.de accepts businesses registered in other countries through the European Seller Central account, but a seller storing stock in Germany needs a German VAT registration, and sellers established outside the EU and EEA must name an authorised recipient in Germany when registering for German VAT. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Amazon.de? A: The Professional plan on Amazon.de costs EUR 39 a month excluding VAT, plus a referral fee per sale of 7% for consumer electronics and 15% for kitchen products, with a EUR 0.30 minimum. FBA for a standard parcel up to 900 g costs EUR 3.44 in Germany under the rate card effective 1 July 2026. Q: Which EPR registrations does Amazon Germany check? A: Amazon Germany needs your LUCID packaging registration under the VerpackDG and, where relevant, your stiftung ear registrations for electrical equipment and batteries. Section 6(2) ElektroG bars marketplaces from offering equipment of unregistered producers, and since 12 August 2026 the PPWR requires platforms to collect packaging registration numbers. Q: Can I sell heavy or bulky products through FBA in Germany? A: Yes. Amazon Germany has a special-oversize FBA rate (EUR 21.30 up to 30 kg) and FBA Heavy and Bulky takes items up to 150 kg, but Amazon states that Pan-EU and EFN are not available for Heavy and Bulky stock. Q: What VAT rate applies to sales on Amazon.de? A: Germany's standard VAT rate is 19% and the reduced rate is 7%. Sales from stock held in Germany are German domestic supplies, so FBA Germany requires a German VAT registration. ## How to sell on Leroy Merlin Marketplace 2026: FR, ES, IT operator guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-leroy-merlin-marketplace-fr-es-it-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-leroy-merlin-marketplace-fr-es-it-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 operator guide to selling on Leroy Merlin Marketplace across France, Spain and Italy. Covers the partner approval workflow, DIY and garden category fit, per-market language requirements, French Citeo, Spanish RD 1055/2022, Italian CONAI, GPSR responsible-economic-operator obligations and category restrictions that sit on top of the standard marketplace contract. ## Netherlands EPR in 2026: Verpact, WEEE NL and the marketplace verification reality URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/netherlands-epr-2026-verpact-weee-nl-marketplace-verification Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-netherlands-epr-2026-verpact-weee-nl-marketplace-verification.txt Dutch EPR in 2026: Verpact fees above 50,000 kg, WEEE and batteries from the first unit, and PPWR authorised representatives since 12 August 2026. Q: Do I need to register with Verpact to sell into the Netherlands? A: Under Dutch packaging EPR, a producer or importer placing more than 50,000 kg of packaging on the Dutch market in a calendar year must file a Verpact declaration and pay the waste management fee. At or below 50,000 kg there is no fee, notification or annual report, except for single-use plastic packaging and deposit-bearing plastic bottles and cans, which Verpact requires to be declared from the first unit. Q: What changed for Dutch packaging EPR on 12 August 2026? A: Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) began to apply on 12 August 2026. Its Article 45(3) requires a producer selling packaged products directly to end users in a member state where it is not established to appoint an authorised representative for EPR there. Verpact wrote on 17 August 2026 that the Dutch 50,000 kg threshold still applies, that EU-based companies not required to register in the Netherlands do not need an authorised representative for EPR either, and that a final decision on whether the representative requirement stays is expected by the end of 2026. Q: Is there a minimum threshold for WEEE registration in the Netherlands? A: No. Neither the WEEE Directive 2012/19/EU nor the Nationaal (W)EEE Register sets a volume threshold, so a single charger placed on the Dutch market brings its producer into scope. Producers register by joining Stichting OPEN, which automatically covers registration with the Nationaal (W)EEE Register, and pay the waste management fee under OPEN's generally binding declaration running from 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2030. Q: Do I need a Dutch authorised representative for WEEE? A: It depends where you are established. Under Article 17(2) of the WEEE Directive 2012/19/EU, a producer established in another EU member state that sells electronics by distance directly to Dutch users must appoint an authorised representative in the Netherlands by written mandate. Other foreign producers may authorise a Dutch legal entity under Article 21 of the Regeling AEEA, which then handles registration, collection obligations and annual reporting for the Nationaal (W)EEE Register. Q: Why do Bol.com and Amazon.nl ask for EPR registration numbers? A: Article 62(6) of the EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542, applying since 18 August 2025, and Article 45(4) of the PPWR (EU) 2025/40, applying since 12 August 2026, require online platforms to obtain a producer's registration number and a self-certification before letting it sell to EU consumers. Bol.com's own EPR policy currently lists batteries as the Dutch category needing proof and states that non-compliant assortment is taken offline. Q: What happens if I sell into the Netherlands without EPR compliance? A: Two consequences run in parallel. Bol.com states that it takes non-compliant assortment offline, and EU platform rules oblige marketplaces to collect registration details before a producer sells. The Dutch Inspectie Leefomgeving en Transport (ILT) supervises UPV compliance: it visited more than 260 businesses in an inspection week reported on 27 February 2026, and in July 2024 it imposed five orders subject to a penalty on Verpact over plastic bottle collection. Q: Who carries Dutch EPR obligations when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Dutch EPR attaches to the producer, the party that first makes the product or its packaging available on the Dutch market. Where a Merchant of Record sells the goods as the legal seller, that entity is the one placing them on the Dutch market and registers accordingly. Registrations do not transfer between legal entities, and CE marking and the EU Declaration of Conformity stay with the manufacturer under Regulation (EC) 765/2008. Q: Does selling from a warehouse outside the Netherlands exempt me from Dutch EPR? A: No. Under Article 3(1)(15)(d) of the PPWR (EU) 2025/40, a company established in another member state or a third country that makes packaged products available directly to end users in the Netherlands is a producer there, wherever the stock sits. Article 3(1)(f)(iv) of the WEEE Directive 2012/19/EU treats distance sellers of electronics the same way. Stock shipped from Germany to a German buyer is a German EPR case. Q: Does the Netherlands have a separate EPR scheme for textiles? A: Yes. UPV textiel has applied in the Netherlands since 1 July 2023 to consumer clothing, workwear and household textiles. Producers notify Rijkswaterstaat within six weeks of the rules applying to them and report every year before 1 August. For 2025, at least 50 percent of the weight placed on the Dutch market must be prepared for reuse or recycled, rising to 75 percent in 2030, with fibre-to-fibre recycling at 25 percent. ## How to Sell on Amazon.es (Spain) in 2026: The Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-spain-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-spain-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.es in 2026: account opening, Spanish VAT, packaging EPR under Royal Decree 1055/2022, FBA Spain vs Pan-EU, and localisation. Q: Do I need a Spanish VAT number to sell on Amazon Spain? A: You need one once Amazon stores your goods in Spain, because Amazon states that a VAT number is required for each country where goods are stored. An EU-established seller shipping from another member state can declare Spanish VAT through the One-Stop Shop, so crossing the EUR 10,000 EU-wide threshold does not by itself require a Spanish registration. Q: Can I sell to the Canary Islands, Ceuta and Melilla on Amazon.es? A: Yes, but these territories are outside the EU VAT area, so Amazon.es does not apply Spanish VAT to orders delivered there and those orders can be subject to local import taxes and customs charges. Amazon states that third-party sellers set their own shipping restrictions, so each seller decides whether to ship there. Q: Do I need to register for packaging EPR in Spain to sell on Amazon.es? A: Yes, if you place packaged products on the Spanish market. Royal Decree 1055/2022 requires registration in the packaging section of MITECO's producer register, an annual declaration before 31 March and, for producers established outside Spain, an authorised representative in Spain. Q: What does it cost to sell on Amazon Spain? A: The Professional plan costs EUR 39 a month excluding VAT, and Amazon.es referral fees include 7% for electronics and 15% for kitchen products, with a EUR 0.30 minimum per item. FBA adds a per-unit fee, for example EUR 3.99 for a 900 g standard parcel under the rate card effective 1 July 2026. Q: Does Spain's plastic packaging tax apply to products sold on Amazon.es? A: It can. Spain's tax on non-reusable plastic packaging has applied since 1 January 2023 at EUR 0.45 per kg of non-recycled plastic, so a brand bringing plastic-packed goods into Spain should check its position with a Spanish tax adviser. Q: Can I sell heavy or oversize products through FBA in Spain? A: Yes. Amazon.es has the cheapest special-oversize FBA rate of the four EU stores that offer one, EUR 19.93 per unit up to 30 kg, and its Heavy and Bulky programme accepts items from 31.5 kg up to 120 kg. ## Germany EPR 2026: LUCID, EAR and BattG explained URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/germany-epr-2026-lucid-ear-battg-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-germany-epr-2026-lucid-ear-battg-operator-guide.txt Germany's packaging, WEEE and battery EPR rules changed: VerpackDG replaced VerpackG on 12 August 2026, BattDG replaced BattG. Fines reach EUR 200,000. Q: Do I need a LUCID number to sell on Amazon Germany? A: Yes. Under Germany's VerpackDG, every producer that first makes packaged goods available in Germany must register in LUCID with the Zentrale Stelle Verpackungsregister (ZSVR) before the first sale, and ZSVR states there is no de minimis threshold for commercial activity. Under PPWR Article 45(4), online platforms such as Amazon.de must obtain the registration number before letting the producer use their service. A LUCID registration without dual-system participation is still non-compliant. Q: Is the German BattG still valid in 2026? A: No. Germany's Batteriegesetz (BattG) was replaced on 7 October 2025 by the Batterierecht-Durchführungsgesetz (BattDG), which implements EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542. Registration still runs through stiftung ear, per brand and battery category. Under section 64 BattDG, BattG registrations were carried over only until the end of 15 January 2026; where participation in an approved Organisation für Herstellerverantwortung (OfH) had not been proven by then, they are treated as revoked retroactively from 1 January 2026, and registrations of producers not established in Germany were not carried over at all. Q: What happens if I sell into Germany without EPR registration? A: Fines apply under each German law. Section 66 VerpackDG allows up to EUR 200,000 for failing to participate in a dual system and up to EUR 100,000 for failing to register in LUCID. Section 45 ElektroG allows up to EUR 100,000, and section 60 BattDG up to EUR 100,000 for making batteries available unregistered. Marketplaces and fulfilment providers are also barred from handling such goods. In Operator One's experience, the listing block is felt before any fine. Q: Who carries the German EPR obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Each German law attaches the obligation to the legal entity that meets its producer definition, typically the entity that first makes the goods available in Germany; ZSVR notes this can be the manufacturer, importer or distributor. Where a Merchant of Record imports the stock and sells as the legal seller, it commonly registers under VerpackDG, ElektroG and BattDG in its own name. Registrations do not transfer between legal entities, and where a brand ships from its own stock, the obligation can stay with the brand. Q: Do brands without a German establishment need an authorised representative for packaging? A: Yes, since 12 August 2026. Section 5(2) of Germany's VerpackDG, read with PPWR Article 45(3), requires producers with no establishment in Germany to appoint one authorised representative for extended producer responsibility by written German-language mandate before first making packaging available. The representative handles system participation, data reports and declarations in its own name, but not the LUCID registration, which ZSVR calls a personal duty. Already-registered producers must record the change by 12 November 2026. Q: What is the WEEE-Reg.-Nr. DE and when do I need one? A: It is the registration number stiftung ear issues under Germany's ElektroG to a producer for a brand and device category. Products that depend on electric current or electromagnetic fields to work are in scope, including USB-powered novelties and separately sold cables. Quantities are reported monthly by the 15th of the following month under section 27 ElektroG, and since 1 July 2023 section 6(2) ElektroG bars marketplaces and fulfilment providers from handling devices of unregistered producers. Q: Does a battery inside a product need its own German registration? A: Yes. A cell built into an appliance is covered by EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 and Germany's BattDG, and is registered with stiftung ear separately from the ElektroG registration for the appliance. A cordless speaker therefore touches three German regimes: VerpackDG for the box, ElektroG for the speaker and BattDG for the cell. Under section 7(1) BattDG, the producer must participate in an approved Organisation für Herstellerverantwortung (OfH) for each battery category or fulfil its extended producer responsibility individually. Q: When is the German declaration of completeness due? A: Under section 10 of Germany's VerpackDG, the declaration of completeness is due in LUCID by 15 May for the previous calendar year, checked by a registered expert, auditor, tax adviser or sworn accountant. Producers are exempt below 80 tonnes of glass, 50 tonnes of paper, paperboard and cardboard, and 30 tonnes of other materials, but ZSVR or the state authority can demand one at any time. A missing or late declaration is an offence under section 66 VerpackDG. ## How to sell on CDON Sweden and the Nordics in 2026: an operator's guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-cdon-sweden-nordics-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-cdon-sweden-nordics-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to launching on CDON, the pure-play Nordic marketplace headquartered in Sweden. Covers partner-account onboarding, dual SEK + EUR pricing, FTI packaging EPR, WEEE and battery registrations, GPSR documentation, the Swedish-plus-English listing pattern, category fit across electronics, home and broad consumer goods, and the operational realities of fulfilling into the Nordics. Written for brands evaluating CDON as a standalone Nordic channel alongside Amazon SE. ## How to Sell on Zalando Partner Program 2026: A Pan-EU Fashion & Beauty Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-zalando-partner-program-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-zalando-partner-program-2026-operator-guide.txt A 2026 operator-level guide to selling on the Zalando Partner Program: how the pan-EU fashion and beauty platform works, the difference between ZFS (Zalando Fulfilment Solutions) and ZDirect, brand approval realities, category eligibility for apparel, beauty and sportswear, return-rate truths, multi-locale storefront mechanics across 25+ countries, and the EPR overlays in France (Refashion) and Sweden (FTI) that brands must hold before they go live. ## EU VAT, OSS and IOSS for marketplace sellers in 2026: what marketplaces collect and what you still owe URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/eu-vat-oss-ioss-marketplace-sellers-2026-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-eu-vat-oss-ioss-marketplace-sellers-2026-guide.txt OSS files EU B2C VAT in one quarterly return, but local stock still needs local VAT numbers, and imports up to EUR 150 now pay EUR 3 duty per item. Q: Do I need a local VAT number if I use Amazon FBA stock in Germany or Poland? A: Yes, normally. The EU Union OSS covers a seller's intra-EU B2C distance sales, not the seller's own domestic supplies made from stock held in a country or transfers of your own goods between EU Member States. Moving inventory into a German or Polish warehouse through Amazon FBA, Pan-EU or the Central European Programme is a transfer of own goods, and local sales from that stock are domestic supplies, so a VAT registration in Germany or Poland is required. Stock held in bol's LVB warehouse in the Netherlands works the same way. Q: Is the EUR 10,000 OSS threshold applied per country? A: No. Article 59c of the EU VAT Directive, applied since 1 July 2021, sets one EU-wide EUR 10,000 per calendar year limit covering all intra-EU B2C distance sales of goods plus telecommunications, broadcasting and electronic services combined. It only applies to a supplier established in only one EU Member State, and only if the limit was not exceeded in the current or the preceding calendar year. Below it, home-country VAT may be charged; above it, destination-country VAT applies. Q: When is the EU OSS return due, and which exchange rate applies? A: The EU Union and non-Union OSS returns cover a calendar quarter and are due, with payment, by the end of the following month, so January to March is due by 30 April. The IOSS return is monthly on the same end-of-following-month basis. Sales in other currencies are converted at the European Central Bank rate published on the last date of the tax period, not the rate on the date of the sale. Q: Does IOSS still make sense now that the EU removed duty relief on parcels up to EUR 150? A: Yes, but only as a VAT simplification. From 1 July 2026, Council Regulation (EU) 2026/382 ended EU customs duty relief for consignments up to EUR 150 and introduced a temporary EUR 3 duty per tariff item until 1 July 2028, whichever VAT scheme is used. IOSS still lets the seller charge destination VAT at checkout on imported consignments up to EUR 150, so parcels are not charged import VAT again at the border. Excise goods remain outside IOSS. Q: Does a seller established outside the EU need an intermediary to use IOSS? A: Yes, in almost every case. Under the EU import scheme, a taxable person established outside the EU must appoint an EU-established intermediary to register for and use IOSS. The European Commission's OSS portal names one exception: a seller established in a country with a VAT mutual assistance agreement with the EU, such as Norway, making sales of goods dispatched from that country. EU-established sellers may appoint an intermediary but are not required to. Q: If the marketplace is the deemed supplier, am I off the hook for VAT? A: Only for the consumer-facing VAT, and only in the two cases in Article 14a of the EU VAT Directive: facilitated distance sales of imported goods in consignments up to EUR 150, and supplies of goods within the EU to consumers by a seller not established in the EU. Your supply to the marketplace is exempt with a right of deduction under Article 136a and must still be recorded. For intra-EU B2C sales by an EU-established seller, the VAT stays yours. Q: Who carries the VAT obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Under EU VAT Directive 2006/112/EC, the VAT on the consumer sale belongs to the legal seller, so where Operator One sells as Merchant of Record, that consumer-facing VAT is reported under Operator One's registrations. The brand's sale to Operator One is a separate B2B supply. This does not remove every brand obligation: if goods are dropshipped from the brand's own stock in another EU Member State, the brand can still need a VAT registration where that stock sits. Q: What happens if a marketplace seller ignores EU VAT obligations? A: Several things. Under Implementing Regulation (EU) No 282/2011, persistent failure to file or pay OSS returns over three consecutive periods, with reminders unanswered within 10 days, means exclusion from the OSS schemes and 2 years of ineligibility. Section 25e of the German UStG makes marketplaces liable for sellers' unpaid VAT, so they demand registration evidence. Since 1 January 2024, payment service providers in the EU report payees receiving more than 25 cross-border payments per quarter to national tax administrations, and that data is centralised in the EU's CESOP database. Q: How long must OSS records be kept, and how long can a return be corrected? A: Ten years and three years respectively. Articles 369k and 369x of the EU VAT Directive require OSS and IOSS records to be kept for 10 years from the end of the year in which the transaction took place, and Article 63c of Implementing Regulation (EU) No 282/2011 defines what those records must contain. Corrections to a filed OSS return are made electronically within 3 years of the date the original return was due. ## How to Sell on Amazon.ie (Ireland) in 2026: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-ireland-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-ireland-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.ie in 2026: the store launched in March 2025, EUR 39 plan, promotional FBA fees, 23% Irish VAT and how it differs from Amazon.co.uk. Q: When did Amazon.ie launch? A: Amazon.ie opened to shoppers on 18 March 2025, with Prime at EUR 6.99 a month from launch day. Amazon had opened seller registration for the store on 10 December 2024. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Amazon.ie? A: The Professional plan on Amazon.ie costs EUR 39 a month excluding VAT, plus a referral fee per sale that mostly runs from 8% to 15% with a minimum of EUR 0.30. FBA fees for stock stored in Ireland are 50% below the standard rate under Amazon's promotional pricing. Q: Do I need an Irish VAT number to sell on Amazon.ie? A: You need one if your stock is stored in Ireland, because Amazon states that a VAT number is required for each country where goods are stored. Without Irish stock, cross-border sales to Irish consumers can generally be declared through the EU One-Stop Shop at Ireland's 23% standard rate. Q: Can I fulfil Amazon.ie orders from my Amazon.co.uk stock? A: Only through Remote Fulfilment, which Amazon's rate card prices at EUR 3.41 for a standard parcel up to 900 g. Since 1 January 2021 Amazon has not fulfilled standard FBA orders across the UK-EU border. Q: Are display ads available on Amazon.ie? A: No. Amazon's advertising limits list display ads as not available on Amazon.ie, while Sponsored Products runs with bids from EUR 0.02 to EUR 1,000. ## How to Sell on Amazon UK in 2026: An Operator's Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-uk-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-uk-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to selling on Amazon.co.uk: why the UK is the single largest marketplace in the EU/UK region, how to handle UK VAT post-Brexit, the new UK packaging EPR (pEPR) regime live from 2025, UKCA and CE dual-recognition after the indefinite extension in August 2023, GPSR exposure for goods crossing into Northern Ireland under the Windsor Framework, FBA UK setup, why GB needs a separate seller account from the EU, and the Northern Ireland VAT special case. Written for brands evaluating or operating a GB launch. ## How to Sell on TikTok Shop EU in 2026: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-eu-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop-eu-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to launching on TikTok Shop across the UK, Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Ireland, and the four newly opened markets, the Netherlands, Belgium, Austria, and Poland. Covers Seller Center onboarding, the content-first commercial model, GPSR and EU consumer-law obligations, fulfilment routes (Shipped by Seller, Fulfilled by TikTok, 3PL), restricted categories, and how LIVE and affiliate shopping fit into the overall channel mix for EU and UK brands. ## How to Sell on Amazon Belgium (Amazon.com.be) in 2026: An Operator's Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-belgium-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-belgium-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.com.be in 2026: French and Dutch listings, 21% VAT, Fost Plus, Valipac, Recupel and Bebat EPR, and FBA via Germany or France. Q: Which languages do I need on Amazon.com.be? A: You need French and Dutch listings on Amazon.com.be, because Amazon serves Belgian shoppers in French and Flemish (plus English) and Belgium has three official languages. Amazon does not translate Sponsored Brands or display ads automatically in Belgium, so ad copy also needs both languages. Q: Is Belgium a Pan-European FBA storage country? A: No. Amazon stores Pan-European FBA stock in Germany, France, Italy, Spain and Poland; Belgian orders get domestic FBA fees only when placement in Germany or France is enabled, and from 26 February 2027 every Pan-EU product must have an active Belgian listing. Q: Which EPR schemes apply when selling on Amazon Belgium? A: Fost Plus covers household packaging and Valipac covers commercial and industrial packaging, while Recupel covers electrical equipment and Bebat covers batteries. Non-Belgian companies need an authorised representative in Belgium for Recupel and for the Belgian packaging producer register. Q: Does Amazon check Recupel membership for electronics sold in Belgium? A: Yes. Recupel states that since 29 March 2025 online marketplaces must check that sellers of electrical equipment are Recupel members or have an individual waste management plan, and to refuse them otherwise unless the marketplace takes on the EPR obligations itself. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Amazon.com.be? A: The Professional plan costs EUR 39 a month excluding VAT, plus a referral fee per sale such as 7% for consumer electronics, with a EUR 0.30 minimum. FBA for a 900 g standard parcel sold in Belgium costs EUR 4.39 under the rate card effective 1 July 2026. Q: What VAT rate applies to sales on Amazon Belgium? A: Belgium's standard VAT rate is 21%, with reduced rates of 12% and 6%. Above the EUR 10,000 EU distance-selling threshold, Belgian VAT applies to sales to Belgian consumers and is declared through OSS or a Belgian registration. ## How to Sell on Allegro (Poland) in 2026: The Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-allegro-poland-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-allegro-poland-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to launching on Allegro, Poland's #1 marketplace. Covers the Allegro Partner programme, Polish-language requirements, Allegro Smart!, Allegro Fulfilment by Allegro (FBA), Polish VAT registration, BDO EPR obligations, GPSR product safety, and the realistic path to CEE expansion via Allegro's Czech, Slovak, and Hungarian storefronts. Written for EU and non-EU brands assessing Poland as their next marketplace. ## How to sell on Amazon France in 2026: VAT, EPR, UIN and FBA URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-france-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-france-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.fr in 2026: French VAT and OSS, the EPR stack and the unique identifier Amazon checks, FBA vs Pan-EU, and French-language listings. Q: Do I need a French VAT number to sell on Amazon France? A: Only if your stock is stored in France or another French VAT trigger applies. An EU-established seller shipping from another member state can declare French VAT through the One-Stop Shop, but Amazon states that a VAT number is required for each country where goods are stored, so FBA France or Pan-EU storage in France needs a French registration. Q: What happens if I sell on Amazon.fr without an EPR unique identifier? A: Amazon automatically enrols you in its EPR "we pay on your behalf" service, pays the eco-contributions for you and charges you a service fee plus those contributions. Under Article L541-10-9 of the Code de l'environnement, Amazon.fr carries your EPR obligations unless it holds proof, such as a valid ADEME identifier, that you have met them. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Amazon France? A: The Professional plan costs EUR 39 a month excluding VAT, and Amazon's EU rate card puts most referral fees between 8% and 15%, with a EUR 0.30 minimum per item in most Amazon.fr categories. FBA adds a per-unit fee, for example EUR 6.01 for a 900 g standard parcel under the rate card effective 1 July 2026. Q: Is the Triman logo mandatory for products sold on Amazon France? A: Yes, for household products subject to a French EPR scheme, except household glass beverage packaging. Article L541-9-3 of the Code de l'environnement has required the sorting mark since 1 January 2022, and since 9 March 2023 all household packaging must carry Triman with the Info-tri sorting instructions. Q: Can I sell heavy or oversize products through FBA in France? A: Yes. Amazon.fr is one of four EU stores with a special-oversize FBA rate, from EUR 24.88 per unit up to 30 kg, and its Heavy and Bulky programme accepts items up to 300 kg and 300 cm long. Q: Do listings on Amazon.fr have to be in French? A: Yes. The Loi Toubon makes French mandatory for the designation, presentation, instructions and warranty of goods sold in France, and the GPSR requires safety warnings in a language consumers in France can easily understand. ## How to sell on ManoMano France and Germany in 2026: an operator's guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-manomano-france-germany-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-manomano-france-germany-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to launching on ManoMano in France and Germany: partner approval, ManoFulfillment, multi-market expansion across FR/DE/IT/ES/UK/BE, language requirements per locale, EPR registrations (Citeo, LUCID, RD 1055/2022), GPSR readiness, and the category boundaries that determine whether a brand actually fits the marketplace. ## Selling on bol.com in the Netherlands and Belgium (2026) URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-bol-com-netherlands-belgium-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-bol-com-netherlands-belgium-2026-operator-guide.txt bol.com commission runs 2.1% to 20.7% plus a fixed fee per item, and Belgium differs from the Netherlands on VAT, EPR, language and parcel rates. Q: Do I need a separate bol.com account to sell in Belgium? A: No. A single bol.com account covers the Netherlands and Belgium by default, and Belgium is opted out of at Instellingen > Mijn winkel > Over de grens. bol.com confirms the extra market carries no additional commission: "Ja, deze extra afzetmarkt komt zonder extra bemiddelingsbijdrage." Q: How much commission does bol.com charge? A: bol.com commission is a variable percentage plus a fixed amount per item, on the price including VAT. Across bol.com's 36 categories the variable component runs 2.1% to 20.7% ex VAT. The fixed component runs EUR 0.05 to EUR 3.09 per item, also ex VAT. Q: Do I need a Belgian VAT registration to sell to Belgian customers on bol.com? A: Not necessarily. Since 1 July 2021 one pan-EU threshold of EUR 10,000 ex VAT applies across all EU countries combined, counting your own webshop and other platforms. Above it, bol.com identifies two routes only: local Belgian registration or the Unieregeling (OSS). Excise goods are excluded. Q: What happens if I do not pay Belgian VAT on my bol.com sales? A: Since 1 January 2024 the FOD Financien operates a three-letter regime, published by bol.com on 13 February 2024. On the third letter the bol.com seller account is closed within a month, and bol.com recovers its damages. Q: Which EPR schemes do I need for bol.com in the Netherlands and Belgium? A: They are almost entirely different. The Netherlands routes batteries and electricals to Stichting OPEN, packaging to Verpact and tyres to Stichting RecyBem; Stibat does not appear in bol.com's Dutch table. Belgium maps 11 category rows to 9 schemes and requires a gevolmachtigde. Q: Does bol.com translate my listings into French? A: Partially, and only once where it matters. bol.com auto-translates eligible articles from Dutch to French but recommends supplying your own French content. Only drop-down attributes are re-translated on change: free-text titles and descriptions are translated a single time and never again. Edits process within 8 hours. Q: Do bol.com performance thresholds differ in Belgium? A: They do not. bol.com applies the same norms in both countries: 90% minimum with 93% or 95% targets on Artikelen op tijd, a 2% cancellation ceiling, 90% minimum and 98% target on Track & Trace, and dynamic targets for returns and customer questions. These five norms roll into a kwaliteitsscore of 0 to 100 over 22 weeks, minimum 65, while 90% of questions answered within 24 hours counts for strikes. ## Digital Product Passport under ESPR: what brands need to know before the 2027 battery rollout URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/digital-product-passport-espr-battery-2027-brand-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-digital-product-passport-espr-battery-2027-brand-guide.txt From 18 February 2027 each EV, LMT and over-2 kWh industrial battery sold in the EU needs a battery passport. What ESPR and the Battery Regulation require. Q: Which batteries need a Digital Product Passport from 18 February 2027? A: Article 77(1) of the EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 requires a battery passport from 18 February 2027 for each LMT (light means of transport) battery, each industrial battery with a capacity greater than 2 kWh and each electric vehicle battery placed on the EU market or put into service. Under Article 77(3), the passport is reached through a QR code linked to a unique identifier complying with ISO/IEC 15459 parts 1 to 6 or an equivalent. Q: Does a portable battery such as an AA cell need a battery passport? A: No full passport is required. Under Regulation (EU) 2023/1542, only LMT batteries, electric vehicle batteries and industrial batteries above 2 kWh carry a battery passport. Article 13(6) still requires a QR code on all batteries from 18 February 2027, giving access to label information, the EU declaration of conformity and waste information. Since 18 August 2025, Article 13(4) has also required the separate collection symbol, covering at least 3 percent of the area of the battery's largest side (1.5 percent of the surface area for cylindrical cells). Q: What happens in the EU if a product does not meet its Digital Product Passport requirements? A: Article 74(3) of ESPR (EU) 2024/1781 requires every EU Member State to be able to impose at least fines and time-limited exclusion from public procurement procedures. Under ESPR Article 35(2), market surveillance authorities can order an online marketplace to remove content about a non-compliant product, which counts as illegal content under Digital Services Act Article 3(h). For batteries, Article 93 of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 requires national penalties that are effective, proportionate and dissuasive. Q: Who carries the battery passport obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Under Articles 77(3) and 77(4) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542, the economic operator placing the battery on the EU market attributes the unique identifier and keeps the passport accurate, and may authorise another operator in writing. Where a Merchant of Record imports the goods, it is the importer and the EU responsible economic operator under Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 Article 4. The manufacturer still carries out conformity assessment, draws up the EU declaration of conformity and supplies the underlying product data. Q: When will the Digital Product Passport apply to textiles and furniture? A: No textile or furniture passport applies yet. The European Commission's ESPR and Energy Labelling Working Plan 2025-2030, COM(2025) 187 of 16 April 2025, gives indicative adoption dates of 2027 for textiles and apparel, 2028 for furniture and 2029 for mattresses. Under ESPR Article 4, a delegated act normally applies no earlier than 18 months after entry into force. Separately, ESPR Article 25 has banned large enterprises from destroying unsold apparel, clothing accessories and footwear listed in Annex VII since 19 July 2026. Q: Has the EU battery due diligence deadline been postponed? A: Yes. Regulation (EU) 2025/1561, adopted on 18 July 2025 and published in the Official Journal on 30 July 2025, amended Article 48 of the EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542. Battery due diligence obligations now apply from 18 August 2027 instead of 18 August 2025, and the Commission guidelines deadline moved to 26 July 2026. Under Article 47, operators below EUR 40 million net turnover that are not part of a larger group exceeding that limit are outside the chapter. Q: What recycled content must EU batteries prove, and from when? A: Article 8(1) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 requires documentation of recovered cobalt, lead, lithium and nickel shares from 18 August 2028, or 24 months after the methodology delegated act, whichever is later (18 August 2033 for LMT batteries). From 18 August 2031, Article 8(2) sets minimums of 16 percent cobalt, 85 percent lead, 6 percent lithium and 6 percent nickel for industrial batteries above 2 kWh, electric vehicle batteries and SLI batteries. Higher minimums, extended to LMT batteries, follow from 18 August 2036. Q: Do I have to register batteries in every EU country before selling them? A: Yes. Article 55(2) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 requires producers to register in each EU Member State where they first make a battery available, and Article 62(6) makes online platforms collect that registration number. In Germany, the Batterierecht-Durchführungsgesetz (BattDG) replaced the BattG on 7 October 2025, stiftung ear handles registration on behalf of the Umweltbundesamt, and producers based outside Germany must appoint an authorised representative established in Germany. Q: Is the EU battery carbon footprint declaration already mandatory? A: It depends on the Commission's implementing rules. Article 7(1) of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 applies the carbon footprint declaration to electric vehicle batteries from 18 February 2025 or 12 months after the methodology delegated act or implementing act enters into force, whichever is later. Rechargeable industrial batteries above 2 kWh follow from 18 February 2026 or 18 months after, and LMT batteries from 18 August 2028 or 18 months after. Article 17(2) routes verification through a notified body. ## How to sell on Cdiscount France in 2026: the Operator One guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-cdiscount-france-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-cdiscount-france-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to selling on Cdiscount, France's value-tier marketplace. Covers Cdiscount Pro onboarding, French VAT and AGEC EPR (Citeo packaging + UIN), GPSR, CLogistique fulfilment, French-language listings, and category fit for consumer goods, electronics, home value and DIY. Written by Operator One for brands entering or scaling in France. ## How to sell on Amazon.se (Sweden) in 2026: the operator guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-sweden-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-sweden-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.se in 2026: the SEK 410 plan, FBA fees tied to German placement, 25% VAT, NPA or TMR packaging EPR and Swedish-language listings. Q: Is Sweden part of Amazon's Pan-European FBA? A: Amazon.se is an optional store within Pan-European FBA, but Sweden is not one of the countries where Amazon stores Pan-EU stock. Amazon charges domestic FBA fees on Amazon.se orders when you enable placement in Germany, for example SEK 52.04 for a standard parcel up to 900 g. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Amazon.se? A: The Professional plan on Amazon.se costs SEK 410 a month excluding VAT, plus a referral fee per sale that mostly runs from 7% to 15% with a minimum of SEK 3. Consumer Electronics costs 7% and Kitchen 15%. Q: Is FTI still the packaging scheme in Sweden? A: No. Naturvårdsverket lists two approved packaging producer responsibility organisations: Näringslivets Producentansvar i Sverige AB (NPA) and TMResponsibility AB. Producers also register with Naturvårdsverket itself. Q: What VAT rate applies on Amazon Sweden? A: Sweden's standard VAT rate is 25%, with reduced rates of 12% and 6%. Food has been taxed at 6% since 1 April 2026. Q: Do I need Swedish-language listings on Amazon.se? A: Yes, in practice. Amazon.se serves Swedish shoppers with Swedish customer service, so titles, bullet points and search terms should be written in Swedish for the store's search to match how customers type. ## Italy EPR in 2026: CONAI, CDC RAEE and Battery Compliance for Marketplace Sellers URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/italy-epr-2026-conai-cdc-raee-batteries-marketplace-compliance Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-italy-epr-2026-conai-cdc-raee-batteries-marketplace-compliance.txt Italy EPR in 2026: CONAI packaging, Registro AEE filing by 3 July, the new battery decree 29/2026 and PPWR marketplace checks from 12 August 2026. Q: Do I need to join CONAI to sell packaged goods into Italy? A: In most cases, yes. Under Legislative Decree 152/2006, packaging producers and users in Italy must join CONAI or run an approved alternative system. Article 261(2) sets an administrative fine of EUR 15,500 to EUR 46,500 for a packaging producer that neither organises its own system, joins a consortium, nor adopts a return system. From 12 August 2026, Regulation (EU) 2025/40 also requires registration in each member state where packaging is first made available. Q: How often are CONAI declarations filed? A: CONAI sets declaration frequency by the Contributo Ambientale declared for the previous year. Under CONAI's 2026 Guide (ordinary procedure, per material), up to EUR 200 is exempt, up to EUR 3,000 the declaration is annual and due by 20 January of the following year, up to EUR 31,000 it is quarterly with declarations due 20 April, 20 July, 20 October and 20 January, and above EUR 31,000 it is monthly, due by the 20th of each month. Q: Is CDC RAEE the same thing as the Registro AEE? A: No. In Italy, producers of electrical and electronic equipment enrol in the Registro AEE through registroaee.it and the Chambers of Commerce before operating, under Article 29 of Legislative Decree 49/2014. The Centro di Coordinamento RAEE under Article 33 is a consortium that collective and individual WEEE management systems must join, and it coordinates collection from collection points. Producers do not enrol with CDC RAEE directly. Q: What is the deadline for the Italian AEE annual communication in 2026? A: For electrical and electronic equipment placed on the Italian market during 2025, the Chambers of Commerce set the Registro AEE annual communication deadline at 3 July 2026, with the portal open from 30 March 2026. The filing is required even if the quantity placed on the market was zero. Failing to communicate data is fined EUR 2,000 to EUR 20,000 under Article 38 of Legislative Decree 49/2014. Q: Which law governs batteries in Italy in 2026? A: Legislative Decree 29/2026 of 10 February 2026, published in Gazzetta Ufficiale no. 54 on 6 March 2026 and in force from 7 March 2026, adapts Italian law to the EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542. Article 37 repeals Legislative Decree 188/2008 with transitional exceptions. Article 20 creates a new battery producer register at the Chambers of Commerce, and the old register stays active until the new one is fully implemented. Q: Do batteries built into my product trigger Italian battery registration? A: Yes. Article 20(4) of Italy's Legislative Decree 29/2026 requires producers that first make batteries available on the Italian market, including batteries incorporated in appliances, light means of transport or other vehicles, to enrol in the battery producer register at the competent Chamber of Commerce. Placing batteries on the market without enrolment is fined EUR 36,000 to EUR 120,000 under Article 34(5), and annual data is due by 31 March. Q: What changes for battery labelling on 18 August 2026? A: Under Article 13 of Regulation (EU) 2023/1542, the general information label, capacity labels for rechargeable portable, LMT and SLI batteries, and duration labels for non-rechargeable portable batteries apply from 18 August 2026, or 18 months after the labelling implementing act if later. The separate collection symbol has applied since 18 August 2025 and the QR code applies from 18 February 2027. Italy fines labelling breaches EUR 10,000 to EUR 150,000. Q: What happens if I sell into Italy with no EPR registration at all? A: Italy fines the producer directly: EUR 15,500 to EUR 46,500 under Article 261 of Legislative Decree 152/2006 for packaging, EUR 30,000 to EUR 100,000 under Article 38 of Legislative Decree 49/2014 for unregistered electrical equipment, and EUR 36,000 to EUR 120,000 under Article 34 of Legislative Decree 29/2026 for unregistered batteries. From 12 August 2026, Article 45 of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 also requires online platforms to obtain packaging registration data before a producer can sell. Q: Who carries the Italian EPR obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: In Italy, EPR obligations attach to the producer that first makes packaging, electrical equipment or batteries available on the Italian market. Where a Merchant of Record imports and sells goods in its own name, it is that producer for those units and registers in its own name or, where required, through an authorised representative for extended producer responsibility. The brand, as manufacturer, keeps CE marking and the technical file, and remains separately obliged for any units it ships into Italy itself. ## How to Sell on Fnac/Darty Marketplace (France): 2026 Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-fnac-darty-marketplace-france-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-fnac-darty-marketplace-france-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to selling on the Fnac/Darty joint marketplace in France: category strengths in books, electronics and home, the partner approval pathway, French-language requirements, French VAT, AGEC EPR obligations (Citeo for packaging, eco-organisme for WEEE), Corepile for batteries, GPSR responsibilities, and the fulfilment realities sellers face when shipping into France. ## Portugal EPR (Sociedade Ponto Verde) and WEEE PT in 2026: A practical compliance guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/portugal-epr-sociedade-ponto-verde-weee-pt-spv-compliance-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-portugal-epr-sociedade-ponto-verde-weee-pt-spv-compliance-2026.txt Portugal EPR in 2026: SILiAmb registration, SIGRE and SIGREEE schemes, the 31 March declaration, Volta deposits and PPWR duties from 12 August 2026. Q: Do I need to register with Sociedade Ponto Verde to sell into Portugal? A: Not necessarily with Sociedade Ponto Verde itself. Portuguese law (UNILEX, Decreto-Lei 152-D/2017) requires the producer or embalador to register in SILiAmb and to transfer its packaging obligations to a licensed scheme or run an individual system. APA lists Sociedade Ponto Verde, Novo Verde and Electrão as SIGRE packaging schemes, so joining SPV is a commercial choice rather than the only legal route. Q: What is the annual declaration deadline for Portuguese EPR? A: Under Article 19 of Portugal's UNILEX regime, producers and embaladores must submit their annual declarations of products and packaging placed on the Portuguese market in SILiAmb by 31 March. APA states these SILiAmb declarations are a separate obligation from the declarations sent to Sociedade Ponto Verde or any other scheme. Changes to the products a producer places on the market must be updated in SILiAmb within 30 days. Q: What happens if I sell into Portugal without an EPR registration? A: APA's SILiAmb guidance classifies both failing to register and failing to submit declarations as serious environmental offences under Portugal's general waste regime (Decreto-Lei 102-D/2020, Article 117). Under Article 22 of Lei 50/2006, as amended by Lei 114/2015, a serious offence by a company carries a fine of EUR 12,000 to EUR 72,000 for negligence and EUR 36,000 to EUR 216,000 for intent. Enforcement sits with the inspection bodies, not APA. Q: Who is the producer for Portuguese EPR when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Under Portugal's UNILEX definitions, the producer is the entity that makes the product available on the Portuguese market, including a company abroad selling at distance to end users in Portugal. Where a Merchant of Record is the legal seller, the Portuguese registration and scheme contracts sit with that seller's entity for those sales. If the brand sells on its own account, the brand is the producer, and EPR registrations never transfer between legal entities. Q: Is my Spanish EPR registration enough to ship to customers in Portugal? A: No. EPR registration is national, so a Spanish packaging or WEEE registration creates no rights or coverage in Portugal. A seller making products available to end users in Portugal needs its own SILiAmb registration, a Portuguese SIGRE packaging scheme and, for electricals and batteries, SIGREEE and SIGRB schemes. From 12 August 2026, PPWR Article 44 also confirms that packaging producers register in each member state where they make packaging available. Q: Do electronics need a separate WEEE registration in Portugal? A: Electronics need separate treatment, though not a separate account. In Portugal's SILiAmb, registration is per organisation (NIF), but EEE must be framed and declared as its own stream and covered by a contract with a licensed SIGREEE scheme, which APA lists as Electrão and ERP Portugal for 2025 to 2034. Equipment is classified into the six categories of Annex III of WEEE Directive 2012/19/EU, applicable since 15 August 2018. Q: Does the PPWR change Portuguese packaging EPR from August 2026? A: Yes. Regulation (EU) 2025/40, the Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation, applies from 12 August 2026 in Portugal and every other member state. Article 44 requires registration in each member state of first making available, Article 45(3) requires distance sellers to appoint an authorised representative for EPR in each such member state, and Article 45(4) requires in-scope online platforms to obtain producers' registration details before letting them sell. Q: Does Portugal have a deposit return scheme for drinks packaging? A: Yes. Portugal's deposit and refund system, branded Volta and run by SDR Portugal, started on 10 April 2026 according to the Portuguese Government. In a first phase, consumers pay a EUR 0.10 deposit on single-use plastic and metal beverage containers of up to 3 litres carrying the Volta symbol and recover it when returning the container. A transition period ran from April to August 2026. Volta sits alongside, not instead of, packaging EPR in SILiAmb. Q: Can a non-EU company register for EPR in Portugal directly? A: Not on its own. APA's SILiAmb guidance says a supplier established in another EU country or a third country that sells directly to end users in Portugal meets its obligations through an authorised representative, a person established in Portugal with a Portuguese NIF appointed by written mandate. The alternative is for a Merchant of Record or other seller that is itself the Portuguese producer to hold the registrations for the sales it makes. ## France EPR for marketplace sellers in 2026: AGEC, Citeo, Refashion and the UIN every seller needs URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/france-epr-agec-citeo-refashion-uin-marketplace-sellers-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-france-epr-agec-citeo-refashion-uin-marketplace-sellers-2026.txt France's AGEC EPR regime needs one ADEME UIN per scheme, and since 10 July 2026 every producer not established in France must appoint a mandataire. Q: Do I need a UIN to sell to French consumers through a marketplace? A: Yes, in practice. Under Article L541-10-9 of the French Code de l'environnement, a marketplace that facilitates sales of EPR products for a third-party seller must either record that seller's ADEME unique identifier in a register or take over the seller's EPR obligations itself. Taking over means joining an eco-organisme and paying the contributions. The French ministry's FAQ states that an ADEME-issued identifier is what proves the seller's compliance. Q: How many UINs does one company need in France? A: One per EPR scheme, not one per company. ADEME issues each unique identifier for a single French scheme, so a producer holds as many identifiers as there are schemes covering its products. ADEME counts packaging too, so a battery-powered device sold in household packaging falls under electrical and electronic equipment, batteries, and household packaging and graphic papers. That means three separate identifiers, which are not interchangeable on marketplaces. Q: Does an EU company need a French mandataire for EPR? A: Yes, since 10 July 2026. Article 5 of French Law n° 2026-602 of 8 July 2026 created Article L541-10-9-1 of the Code de l'environnement. Any person not established in France who is subject to extended producer responsibility must designate, by written mandate, a person established in France as mandataire. The mandataire is subrogated into the EPR obligations it accepts. The rule covers EU and non-EU producers alike. Q: What is the fine for not complying with EPR in France? A: Under Article L541-9-5 of the French Code de l'environnement, the environment minister can act after a formal notice goes unanswered. The minister can impose an administrative fine of up to 7,500 euros per unit or per tonne of product and a daily penalty of up to 20,000 euros. A supplementary fine of up to 30,000 euros applies for failing to register in ADEME's SYDEREP register, supplying incorrect data or omitting the unique identifier. Q: Which eco-organisme covers packaging and textiles in France? A: French household packaging and graphic papers can go through Adelphe, Citeo or Léko, all accredited from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2029. Clothing, household linen and footwear go through Refashion, the only approved French textiles eco-organisme, accredited until 31 December 2028. A garment shipped in a branded mailer therefore triggers two separate French EPR registrations and two identifiers. Q: Which French EPR schemes are easy to overlook? A: Batteries, toys, and DIY and garden goods. A battery built into a speaker or toy falls under the French batteries scheme separately from WEEE. That scheme runs through ecosystem, Batribox or, for electric vehicle batteries only, Recycler Mon Véhicule, all approved from 18 August 2025 to 31 December 2030. Toys have their own scheme through Ecomaison (since April 2022). DIY and garden goods go through EcoDDS, Ecologic, Ecomaison or Valobat. Q: Does PPWR replace French EPR registration in 2026? A: No. Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) applies from 12 August 2026, but extended producer responsibility stays national. Article 44 requires packaging producers to register in each member state where they first make packaging available. Article 45(3) requires producers selling directly to end users in another member state to appoint an authorised representative there. In France you still join Adelphe, Citeo or Léko and hold a French UIN. Q: Who carries French EPR obligations when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: In France, EPR obligations sit with the party that places the products on the French market, and a marketplace relies on that seller's ADEME identifier. When a Merchant of Record sells the goods in its own name, it carries the EPR producer obligations for those sales and needs identifiers in its own name. A Merchant of Record not established in France must also appoint a French mandataire under Article L541-10-9-1. ## How to Sell on OTTO Market (DE) in 2026: The Operator's Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-otto-market-germany-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-otto-market-germany-2026-operator-guide.txt A 2026 operator's guide to selling on OTTO Market, Germany's second-largest non-food marketplace. Covers the invitation-based partner program, DE-only scope, fashion, home and electronics positioning, German listing requirements, integration via OTTO BFC and middleware, plus the compliance stack: LUCID packaging registration, StEAR for electronics, and GPSR for general product safety. Written for EU and non-EU brands evaluating OTTO as a structured, brand-controlled channel alongside Amazon DE. ## EPR in Austria, Sweden and the UK: A 2026 Operator's Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/epr-austria-sweden-uk-packaging-weee-batteries-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-epr-austria-sweden-uk-packaging-weee-batteries-2026.txt Austria, Sweden and UK EPR in 2026: PPWR applies from 12 August 2026, UK large producers exceed 50 tonnes and £2m, and Austria requires a representative. Q: Do I need an Authorised Representative to sell into Austria? A: Yes, if you distance-sell into Austria without an Austrian establishment. Austria's Packaging Ordinance 2014 (§ 16b) has required foreign distance sellers of packaged goods to private consumers to appoint an Austrian-established Bevollmächtigter since 1 January 2023. Austria's Electrical Equipment Ordinance (EAG-VO, § 21b) makes the same appointment mandatory for electrical equipment, and Austria's USP business portal states the same for batteries. From 12 August 2026 Article 45(3) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 adds an EU-level packaging requirement. Q: Is there a small-seller exemption for packaging in Austria? A: Not a full exemption. Under § 9(2) of the Austrian Packaging Ordinance 2014, approved collection and recovery systems may offer flat-rate (pauschale) licensing to participants placing no more than 1,500 kg of household packaging on the Austrian market in a calendar year. The packaging must still be licensed through an approved system: the flat rate simplifies the tariff but does not remove the obligation, and a foreign distance seller still needs its Austrian Authorised Representative. Q: What are the UK packaging EPR thresholds for 2026? A: UK packaging EPR obligates UK-established organisations with worldwide turnover of £1 million or more that supplied or imported more than 25 tonnes of packaging in the previous year. Organisations above £2 million turnover and 50 tonnes are large producers: they report every six months, acquire PRNs or PERNs and pay PackUK waste disposal fees. Organisations between those lines are small producers and report packaging data once a year by 1 April. Q: How much does UK packaging EPR cost per tonne? A: UK Year 1 (2025) base fees are £423 per tonne for plastic, £461 for fibre-based composite, £280 for wood, £266 for aluminium, £259 for steel and other materials, £196 for paper and card and £192 for glass. PackUK's illustrative Year 2 (2026 to 2027) fees, published on 19 December 2025, are modulated by recyclability: plastic is £415 green, £455 amber and £545 red per tonne, with red set at 1.2 times amber. Q: Do I have to register separately in Sweden for packaging, batteries and electricals? A: Yes. Sweden runs separate producer responsibility ordinances: packaging under Förordning (2022:1274), electrical equipment under Förordning (2022:1276) and batteries under Förordning (2025:813), which supplements EU Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 from 18 August 2025. Each stream needs its own registration with Naturvårdsverket and its own approved producer responsibility organisation, for example NPA for packaging and El-Kretsen or Recipo for consumer electrical equipment. Q: What is the UK WEEE registration threshold and deadline? A: Under the UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations 2013, a producer placing less than 5 tonnes of EEE on the UK market in a compliance year may register directly with its environmental regulator by 31 January, or within 28 days of first placing EEE on the market. Above 5 tonnes it must join an approved producer compliance scheme by 15 November. A non-UK entity supplying UK end users directly must appoint a UK authorised representative or join a scheme. Q: What happens if I sell without EPR registration? A: Penalties are national. Austria's Waste Management Act 2002 (§ 79) sets a fine of EUR 450 to EUR 8,400 under paragraph 2 for failing to participate in a collection and recovery system, with a minimum of EUR 2,100 for those operating commercially in waste management. Sweden's ordinance 2012:259 charges SEK 30,000 for not engaging a packaging producer responsibility organisation and SEK 10,000 for a late report. From 12 August 2026 Regulation (EU) 2025/40 Article 45(4) also requires online platforms to check producers' registration numbers before letting them sell. Q: Who carries the EPR obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Under Article 3(15) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40, the packaging producer is the manufacturer, importer or distributor that first makes packaged products available in a member state, including by distance sale. Where a Merchant of Record sells the goods as the legal seller, it is normally that producer for those sales and holds the national registration, reporting and fees. EPR registrations are per country and per stream and do not transfer from the brand's own registrations. Q: Does one EPR registration cover the whole EU? A: No. Article 44(2) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 requires producers to register in each member state where they first make packaging available, and Article 55 of Battery Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 does the same for batteries. An Austrian EDM registration does not satisfy Sweden's Naturvårdsverket, and the UK runs separate post-Brexit regimes. The Commission proposal COM(2025) 982 to suspend the authorised-representative duty for EU-established producers had not been adopted by September 2026. ## Belgium EPR Explained: Fost Plus, Valipac, and WEEE BE for Marketplace Sellers URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/belgium-epr-fost-plus-valipac-weee-non-eu-brands-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-belgium-epr-fost-plus-valipac-weee-non-eu-brands-2026.txt Belgian packaging EPR under PPWR from 12 August 2026: Fost Plus and Valipac, a Belgian authorised representative, and 28 February declarations. Q: Do I need both Fost Plus and Valipac to sell in Belgium? A: Only if you place both types of packaging on the Belgian market. Belgium splits packaging EPR by waste stream: Fost Plus covers household packaging and Valipac covers commercial and industrial packaging such as pallets and stretch film. Valipac states that companies with both household and industrial packaging need membership of both. They are separate contracts with separate tariffs and declarations, so a pure B2C marketplace seller usually needs Fost Plus only. Q: What is the Fost Plus declaration deadline and what happens if I miss it? A: The Fost Plus annual declaration in Belgium is always due 28 February, covering packaging placed on the Belgian market in the previous calendar year, and it is filed through the MyFost portal. Fost Plus states that missing the deadline risks a fine of 1% of the contribution from your previous declaration for each month of delay. For 2025 declarations, Fost Plus allows amendments until 15 September 2026. Q: Is there still a 300 kg packaging threshold in Belgium? A: Belgium's cooperation agreement of 4 November 2008 applies the take-back obligation to companies placing more than 300 kg of packaging on the Belgian market per year. However, Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) Article 44, applicable from 12 August 2026, requires producers to register in each member state where they first make packaging available and sets no weight threshold for that registration. Treat registration as required from the first unit. Q: Can a non-EU brand register with Fost Plus or Recupel directly? A: Not on its own for packaging. Under Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) Article 45(3), from 12 August 2026 a producer selling into Belgium without being established there must appoint an authorised representative, and Fost Plus states that representative must be established in Belgium and registered with EPRiBEL. For electrical equipment, Recupel requires online sellers based outside Belgium to register and appoint a Belgian representative, and offers to act as that representative free of charge. Q: What are the Fost Plus packaging rates for 2026? A: Fost Plus publishes 2026 rates in EUR per kilogram, excluding VAT, for household packaging placed on the Belgian market: glass 0.1052, paper-cardboard 0.1503, steel 0.1864, transparent colourless PET bottles 0.3604, PE films 1.0804, PP and other plastic films 2.2095, and obstructive packaging 4.4190. The minimum annual Fost Plus contribution is EUR 100, or EUR 250 for obstructive or household hazardous waste packaging. Q: Do I need Recupel and Bebat if my product has a built-in battery? A: Usually yes in Belgium. The appliance is electrical and electronic equipment declared through Recupel, quarterly by default or monthly by choice, while the battery falls under Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 and is declared through Bebat. Bebat charges a EUR 60 annual flat-rate contribution plus a per-battery contribution, allows one annual declaration below 10,000 batteries a year and requires monthly declarations above that. Q: What happens if I sell into Belgium with no EPR registration? A: Under Belgium's cooperation agreement of 4 November 2008, administrative fines are EUR 500 per tonne of packaging waste not recovered and EUR 1,000 per tonne not recycled, capped at EUR 25,000, and the most serious offences carry criminal fines of EUR 1,000 to EUR 2,000,000 and one to twelve months' imprisonment. PPWR Article 44(4) also bars unregistered producers from making packaging available, and Bol.com takes non-compliant ranges offline. Q: Who carries the Belgian EPR obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: The producer is the entity that first makes goods available in Belgium. Where a Merchant of Record imports the goods and sells them as legal seller, it is typically the producer under PPWR and Belgian practice, so registrations with Fost Plus, Recupel or Bebat sit in its own name, because EPR registrations do not transfer between entities. If the brand ships to Belgian consumers from its own stock abroad, the brand is the producer and needs its own Belgian authorised representative. Q: Who declares Belgian packaging for 2026 after the PPWR change? A: Both parties may have to. The Belgian Interregional Packaging Commission (IVC/CIE, becoming EPRiBEL) states that for 2026 the former packaging responsible company declares packaging placed on the market up to 11 August 2026, and the new PPWR producer declares from 12 August 2026 onward. Importers that unpack goods in Belgium are most affected, because their foreign supplier usually becomes the producer under Regulation (EU) 2025/40. ## DAC7 Reporting for Marketplace Sellers: What EU Brands Need to Know in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/dac7-eu-marketplace-seller-reporting-guide-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-dac7-eu-marketplace-seller-reporting-guide-2026.txt DAC7 reports EU marketplace sellers with 30 or more sales or over EUR 2,000 per platform a year. What platforms file by 31 January and how to reconcile it. Q: Do I have to be reported under DAC7 if I only sell a small volume on Amazon Germany? A: Under Annex V of Directive (EU) 2021/514 you are an excluded seller only if both conditions hold on that one platform in the calendar year: fewer than 30 sales of goods, and total consideration not exceeding EUR 2,000. Cross either limb and Amazon reports you for the whole year. Because the test runs per platform, a brand on six marketplaces faces six independent tests and usually six DAC7 reports. Q: What is the DAC7 reporting deadline, and does the marketplace have to tell me what it filed? A: Directive (EU) 2021/514 requires reporting platform operators to file with their Member State's competent authority no later than 31 January following the reportable period, so calendar year 2025 data was due by 31 January 2026. By the same 31 January date the platform must give each reported seller the information reported about them, so every DAC7-reported brand should receive its own copy from each marketplace. Q: What exact data does a marketplace send to the tax authority about me under DAC7? A: For an entity seller, Annex V of Directive (EU) 2021/514 covers the legal name, primary address, each TIN and its issuing Member State, VAT identification number, business registration number, and any EU permanent establishment with its Member State. Per quarter it adds total consideration, the number of sales, and fees, commissions or taxes the platform withheld or charged, plus the payout account identifier where available and the account holder name. Q: What happens if I ignore a marketplace's DAC7 information request? A: Section II of Annex V to Directive (EU) 2021/514 obliges the platform to act. If a seller has not supplied the data after two reminders following the first request, and no earlier than 60 days, the platform must close the account and block re-registration, or withhold payment of the consideration. Platforms face their own fines too: up to EUR 50,000 under section 25 of Germany's PStTG, and up to GBP 5,000 plus GBP 600 a day in the UK. Q: Who gets reported under DAC7 when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Under Directive (EU) 2021/514 the platform reports the seller registered on its platform that receives the consideration. Where a Merchant of Record such as Operator One is the registered seller, the DAC7 report carries that Merchant of Record's legal name, TIN, VAT number, business registration number and payout account, not the brand's. The brand's own corporate income tax, transfer pricing and bookkeeping obligations are unaffected, and any lane where the brand sells in its own name remains reportable. Q: Does DAC7 apply to UK marketplace sales? A: No. DAC7 is EU law and does not apply in the United Kingdom. The UK adopted the OECD Model Reporting Rules through The Platform Operators (Due Diligence and Reporting Requirements) Regulations 2023 (SI 2023/817). The first UK reportable period was calendar year 2024, with reports due to HMRC by 31 January 2025. HMRC guidance applies a similar excluded-seller test: fewer than 30 sales of goods and EUR 2,000 or less. Q: Is the DAC7 EUR 2,000 threshold changing? A: Not for current filings. On 24 June 2026 the European Commission proposed a recast of the Directive on Administrative Cooperation, COM(2026) 308, which would remove the 30-transaction limb for sellers of goods and raise the monetary threshold to EUR 3,000. The draft sets transposition by 31 December 2027 and application from 1 January 2028, subject to unanimous Council adoption. Until then the Directive (EU) 2021/514 test stands. Q: Why would tax authorities compare my DAC7 figures with my VAT and OSS returns? A: DAC7 under Directive (EU) 2021/514 reports consideration and platform fees per quarter, so each quarter can be set against the same quarter's VAT return or EU OSS declaration. Article 8ac requires the receiving authority to pass the data to the seller's Member State of residence within two months of the reportable period ending. No EU tax authority publishes a tolerance for differences, so documented reconciliations for returns, refunds and fees matter. Q: Does using fulfilment centres in several EU countries create permanent establishment risk under DAC7? A: DAC7 does not create a permanent establishment. However, Annex V of Directive (EU) 2021/514 requires the platform to collect the existence of any permanent establishment through which the seller carries out relevant activities in the EU, naming each Member State, and that data is exchanged. A brand holding stock in fulfilment centres across several Member States therefore needs a documented PE and VAT position consistent with its platform declarations. ## GPSR for marketplace sellers: what 18 months of enforcement has taught us URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/gpsr-eu-2023-988-marketplace-sellers-responsible-person-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-gpsr-eu-2023-988-marketplace-sellers-responsible-person-2026.txt GPSR, Regulation (EU) 2023/988, has applied since 13 December 2024. What its Responsible Person rule and bol.com's 2026 deadlines mean for sellers. Q: Do I need an EU Responsible Person to sell on Amazon or bol.com in 2026? A: Yes. Article 16(1) of the EU General Product Safety Regulation, Regulation (EU) 2023/988, applicable since 13 December 2024, prohibits placing a product on the EU market unless an economic operator established in the Union is responsible for it. bol.com made manufacturer data mandatory for new products on 5 March 2026 and responsible economic operator data on 1 April 2026, so a new offer without those details is not published. Q: Who can act as a GPSR Responsible Person? A: Article 16 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 applies Article 4(2) of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, which allows four operator types: a manufacturer established in the EU, an importer, an authorised representative appointed by written mandate, or a fulfilment service provider established in the EU, but only where none of the other three is established in the Union. A freight forwarder or VAT fiscal representative is not on that list. Q: What information must appear on the product listing itself under GPSR? A: Article 19 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 requires every online offer to EU consumers to show: the manufacturer name or trade mark with a postal and an electronic address; where the manufacturer is outside the EU, the name, postal and electronic address of the Responsible Person; product identification including a picture and its type; and warnings or safety information in a language the Member State of sale determines. Q: What happens if I do nothing about GPSR compliance? A: Regulation (EU) 2023/988 leaves penalties to each Member State under Article 44. In Germany, section 28 of the revised Produktsicherheitsgesetz (ProdSG) allows fines of up to EUR 100,000 for specified breaches and up to EUR 10,000 for other offences. Marketplaces act on their own terms as well: bol.com has removed existing products lacking manufacturer data in phases since 1 April 2026, and authorities can order listings removed. Q: Who carries the GPSR obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: The obligation follows the legal role. Where a Merchant of Record imports the goods into the EU, it is the importer under Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 and, where the manufacturer is not established in the EU, the responsible economic operator under Article 16, and that cannot be contracted away. The manufacturer still draws up the technical documentation under Article 9(2) and, for harmonised products, keeps CE marking, conformity assessment and the EU Declaration of Conformity. Q: How fast must an online marketplace act on a dangerous product listing in the EU? A: Under Article 22(4) of Regulation (EU) 2023/988, a provider of an online marketplace must act on a market surveillance authority order without undue delay and in any event within two working days. Under Article 22(8), it must process product safety notices within three working days. Marketplaces must also register on the Safety Gate Portal; the European Commission reported more than 1,200 registrations by the end of 2025. Q: Does GPSR require a CE mark on the product? A: No. Regulation (EU) 2023/988 does not introduce CE marking; CE marking applies only where specific EU harmonisation legislation covers the product, such as toys, electrical equipment or radio equipment. GPSR Article 9(5) does require a type, batch or serial number visible to consumers, and Article 9(3) requires the manufacturer to keep technical documentation available to authorities for 10 years after the product is placed on the market. Q: What must a GPSR recall offer consumers? A: Article 37 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 requires the economic operator responsible for a recall to offer an effective, cost-free and timely remedy, with a choice of at least two of: repair, replacement with a safe product of the same type and at least the same value and quality, or a refund at least equal to the price paid. Only one remedy may be offered where the others are impossible or disproportionate. Q: Can a UK address still be used as a GPSR Responsible Person? A: Not for sales into the EU. Article 16 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 requires a Responsible Person established in the Union, so a Great Britain address does not qualify. Northern Ireland is different: UK government guidance states that the GPSR applies directly in respect of Northern Ireland from 13 December 2024 and that the responsible operator for that market must be established in the EU or Northern Ireland. ## Czech Republic and Slovakia EPR in 2026: EKO-KOM, OZV obligations, WEEE and battery streams, and CEE marketplace verification URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/czech-republic-slovakia-epr-eko-kom-weee-battery-allegro-kaufland-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-czech-republic-slovakia-epr-eko-kom-weee-battery-allegro-kaufland-2026.txt Czech and Slovak EPR in 2026: EKO-KOM reports within 30 days of quarter end, Slovak 15-cent deposits, PPWR from 12 August 2026 and marketplace EPR checks. Q: Do I need to register with EKO-KOM to sell into the Czech Republic? A: You need to meet Czech packaging duties, and EKO-KOM is the usual route. Under §13 of Act No. 477/2001 Coll., a person placing packaging on the Czech market either fulfils them individually or contracts with an authorised packaging company such as EKO-KOM. Individual fulfilment means entering the Ministry of the Environment's List of Persons within 60 days. The §15a exemption applies only at 300 kg or less of packaging a year and turnover of CZK 25 million or less. Q: What are the reporting deadlines for Czech packaging? A: EKO-KOM clients submit a quarterly statement of packaging placed on the Czech market within 30 days after each calendar quarter ends, pay quarterly, and pay an annual registration fee of CZK 1,600 excluding VAT. Producers fulfilling Act No. 477/2001 Coll. individually instead keep continuous records, report the previous calendar year to the Czech Ministry of the Environment by 15 February, and retain supporting documents for at least five years. Q: Do I need an authorised representative in Slovakia if my company is not Slovak? A: Yes. Section 27(18) of Slovakia's Act No. 79/2015 Coll. on Waste requires a producer with no seat or place of business in Slovakia to appoint a Slovak-established authorised representative. The mandate must be written, cover all of the producer's rights and obligations and last at least one year. The representative then answers for compliance in its own name, including registration in the Register of Producers of Reserved Products (RVVV). Q: Does Slovakia's deposit return scheme apply to drinks I sell online? A: Slovakia's deposit return scheme under Act No. 302/2019 Coll. has run since 1 January 2022 and is administered by Správca zálohového systému. It covers single-use plastic bottles and cans of 0.1 to 3 litres at 15 cents per container, excluding milk-based drinks, syrups and spirits above 15 percent alcohol. Producers register containers with the Administrator and pay deposits and fees, on top of their OZV packaging contract. Q: Does the Czech Republic have a deposit return scheme for PET bottles and cans? A: Not for single-use beverage containers as of September 2026. The Czech Packaging Act, Act No. 477/2001 Coll. in its consolidated version of 1 December 2025, regulates deposits only for reusable packaging (§9). PPWR Regulation (EU) 2025/40 Article 50 does require Member States to ensure deposit return systems so that 90 percent of single-use plastic bottles and metal beverage containers up to three litres are collected separately by 1 January 2029, subject to its derogations. Q: What happens if I sell into Czechia or Slovakia without EPR registration? A: You risk fines, and marketplaces ask for your registration numbers. Section 45 of the Czech Packaging Act allows fines up to CZK 10,000,000 for its most serious offences. Under §122 of Act No. 542/2020 Coll., a producer that does not apply for the List of Producers faces up to CZK 500,000, and other producer offences reach CZK 5,000,000. Under §117(3) of Slovakia's Act No. 79/2015 Coll., failing to register in the RVVV or to appoint a required representative can cost up to EUR 120,000. Allegro states that without a country EPR number it cannot display the number in your offers and your sales are not compliant with EU law. Q: Do I need EPR numbers to sell on Allegro in Czechia and Slovakia? A: Yes, for regulated products. Since 18 August 2025, Allegro has required sellers with producer status for batteries or battery-containing products to give a separate EPR number for each country, following Regulation (EU) 2023/1542. From 12 August 2026, under PPWR Regulation (EU) 2025/40, Allegro also asks packaging producers for a per-country EPR register number and a packaging conformity declaration, entered in the Account Details tab. Q: What changed for Czech and Slovak packaging on 12 August 2026? A: PPWR Regulation (EU) 2025/40 has applied directly in Czechia and Slovakia since 12 August 2026 under Article 71. Article 45(3) requires producers selling packaging directly to end users in another Member State to appoint, by written mandate, an authorised representative for extended producer responsibility there. Article 45(4) makes online platforms collect producers' registration numbers and a self-certification before letting them sell to consumers. Q: If a Merchant of Record is the seller, who carries Czech and Slovak EPR? A: The entity that places the goods on the Czech or Slovak market, as defined in Act No. 477/2001 Coll., Act No. 542/2020 Coll. and Act No. 79/2015 Coll. Where a Merchant of Record sells the stock as the legal seller, those producer obligations attach to the Merchant of Record in its own name. Registrations do not transfer between legal entities, and a Merchant of Record without a Slovak seat still needs a Slovak authorised representative. ## Spain EPR enforcement under Royal Decree 1055/2022: year one in review URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/spain-epr-rd-1055-2022-enforcement-year-one-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-spain-epr-rd-1055-2022-enforcement-year-one-2026.txt Spain's RD 1055/2022 requires an ENV registration, a Spanish authorised representative for foreign producers and a packaging declaration by 31 March. Q: What is the deadline for Spain's annual packaging declaration under RD 1055/2022? A: Article 16.2 of Royal Decree 1055/2022 requires producers registered in the packaging section of Spain's Registro de Productores de Productos to report packaging placed on the market before 31 March of the following year. The 2025 declaration was therefore due by 31 March 2026, not 2 April. MITECO's electronic office sets the window for 2026 data at 1 January to 31 March 2027. A missed declaration is a serious infringement under article 108.3.ac of Law 7/2022. Q: Do marketplaces need my Spanish EPR registration number? A: Yes, from 12 August 2026. Article 45(4) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) requires online platforms that let consumers conclude distance contracts to obtain, before allowing a producer to use their services, its registration number in the Member State where the consumer is located. For Spain that is the ENV/year/nine-digit number issued by MITECO. An Ecoembes membership reference or a tax number is not the same thing. Q: Is joining Ecoembes enough to comply with packaging EPR in Spain? A: No. Ecoembes (household and, through Ecoembes Comerciales, commercial packaging) and Ecovidrio (glass) are collective schemes that carry the financing and collection obligations. Article 15 of Royal Decree 1055/2022 requires a separate inscription in MITECO's Registro de Productores de Productos, with the scheme membership certificate provided at registration. The ENV number assigned there must appear on invoices accompanying packaged products under article 15.3, and article 17.3 keeps other obligations with the producer individually. Q: Does a non-Spanish brand need an authorised representative in Spain? A: Yes, where the brand is the producer. Article 17.2 of Royal Decree 1055/2022 obliges producers established in another EU Member State or in a third country to designate a natural or legal person in Spain as authorised representative, holding documentary proof of the mandate. If none is appointed, the first distributor established in Spain becomes subsidiarily responsible, and under article 2.t an e-commerce platform steps in for packaged products from outside Spain. PPWR article 45(3) now requires producers selling directly to end users in another Member State to appoint an EPR authorised representative there, and lets Member States extend that duty to all third-country producers. Q: What happens if a brand ignores Spanish packaging EPR completely? A: Article 108.3.ac of Law 7/2022 classes failure to register in the Registro de Productores de Productos, or to report packaging placed on the market, as a serious infringement. Article 109 fines serious infringements at EUR 2,001 to EUR 100,000, very serious ones at EUR 100,001 to EUR 3,500,000 and minor ones up to EUR 2,000, and a fine can rise to double the benefit obtained. From 12 August 2026, PPWR article 44(4) also bars unregistered producers from making packaging available in Spain. Q: Who carries the EPR obligation in Spain when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: Under article 2 of Royal Decree 1055/2022, the producer is the packer, or the importer or intra-EU acquirer, placing packaged products on the Spanish market. Where a Merchant of Record imports the goods or places them on the market and sells in its own name, it is generally that producer and needs its own ENV registration, which does not transfer from the brand. If the Merchant of Record is not established in Spain, article 17.2 also requires it to appoint a Spanish authorised representative. Q: Is there a minimum volume below which Spanish packaging EPR does not apply? A: No. Royal Decree 1055/2022 sets no de minimis exemption from registration in Spain. Article 16.1 grants a reporting concession only: producers placing under 15 tonnes of packaging a year file a simplified declaration. Article 15.1 moves the registration duty to packaging manufacturers or distributors where a producer places only service packaging plus under 50,000 kg of commercial and industrial packaging. Article 18 adds a five-year prevention and ecodesign plan above thresholds such as 20 tonnes of plastic. Q: Does Spain's packaging declaration cover the shipping box, or only the retail pack? A: Royal Decree 1055/2022 covers household, commercial and industrial packaging in one framework, including primary, secondary and transport packaging. For distance selling, article 17.5 shifts the financial and reporting obligations for transport packaging to the courier or parcel company that supplies it, or to the e-commerce platform where the platform facilitates a third party's sales. Outside those two cases, transport packaging stays with the producer to declare. Q: Is Spain's plastic packaging tax the same thing as packaging EPR? A: No. Spain's special tax on non-reusable plastic packaging is a separate levy created by Law 7/2022, charged at EUR 0.45 per kilogram of non-recycled plastic under article 78. Article 75.f exempts imports and intra-EU acquisitions where the non-recycled plastic in the packaging does not exceed 5 kilograms in a month. Paying the tax does not replace registration under Royal Decree 1055/2022, and fees to Ecoembes or Ecovidrio are owed separately. ## How to sell on Shop Apotheke / Redcare Pharmacy in 2026: an operator guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-shop-apotheke-redcare-pharmacy-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-shop-apotheke-redcare-pharmacy-2026-operator-guide.txt A 2026 operator's walkthrough of selling on Shop Apotheke / Redcare Pharmacy: how the pan-EU pharmacy and parapharmacy positioning works, what partner approval actually demands for a regulated category, the CE and medical-device evidence you need to assemble, how multi-market listings flow across DE, AT, CH, NL, BE, FR, IT and ES, and how GPSR, cosmetic notification and OTC rules interact with the marketplace's own compliance gates. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Global Marketplace in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-global-marketplace-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-global-marketplace-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Kaufland in 2026: eight live storefronts with Spain announced, a €39.95 or €59.95 monthly fee, 4% to 16% commission and onboarding steps. Q: How many storefronts does Kaufland have in 2026? A: Kaufland has eight live marketplace storefronts in October 2026: Germany, Austria, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Poland, France, Italy and the Netherlands, which opened on 8 September 2026. Kaufland has announced Spain (Kaufland.es), but it was not yet live on 5 October 2026. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Kaufland? A: Kaufland charges a monthly basic fee of €39.95 (Basic) or €59.95 (Plus), plus VAT, and one fee covers every storefront. Commission is 7% to 16% by category on every storefront except Kaufland.pl, where it is 4% to 12%. Q: Does Kaufland still offer Fulfilment by Kaufland? A: No. Kaufland terminated Fulfilment by Kaufland on 28 February 2025, so sellers ship every order themselves or through a 3PL. Kaufland Shipment Solutions only sells GLS labels for parcels from a German warehouse to Germany, Austria, Poland, Slovakia and the Czech Republic. Q: Can sellers from other EU countries sell on Kaufland? A: Yes. One Kaufland registration covers every live storefront, and EU sellers enter an OSS number or a country-specific VAT ID for each sales channel. Non-EU sellers must register for VAT in every country they sell to. Q: How quickly must Kaufland sellers answer customers? A: Kaufland requires sellers to answer 100% of outstanding customer tickets within 48 hours. Kaufland also expects seller-related cancellations below 1% of items ordered each month. Q: Is Kaufland built on Mirakl? A: No. Kaufland describes Kaufland Global Marketplace as its own, self-developed all-in-one solution, run through the Kaufland Seller Portal and the Kaufland Seller API. ## How to Sell on About You in 2026: Operator Guide for DACH and EU Fashion Brands URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-about-you-2026-operator-guide-dach-eu-fashion Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-about-you-2026-operator-guide-dach-eu-fashion.txt A 2026 operator guide to selling on About You, the Hamburg-based fashion marketplace now operating alongside Zalando. Covers the platform's mid-market positioning, pan-EU storefront footprint across DACH, Benelux, France, Southern Europe and the Nordics, the curated partner application, content and imagery standards, category fit across apparel and beauty, and the full compliance stack including French Refashion textile EPR, packaging EPR, OSS VAT, GPSR and cosmetic CPNP obligations. ## Poland BDO 2026: Packaging Registration, Eco-Modulation and Non-Resident Seller Obligations URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/poland-bdo-packaging-registration-eco-modulation-non-resident-sellers-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-poland-bdo-packaging-registration-eco-modulation-non-resident-sellers-2026.txt Poland BDO in 2026: registration costs PLN 200 or 800, fines reach PLN 1,000,000, and PPWR adds a Polish representative duty for distance sellers. Q: Do I need a BDO number to sell packaged goods to consumers in Poland? A: Yes, in most cases. Article 50(1) of the Polish Waste Act of 14 December 2012 requires entities that introduce products in packaging in Poland to obtain a BDO register entry before starting that activity. From 12 August 2026, Article 3(1)(15)(d) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 (PPWR) also treats a company established in another member state or a third country that sells packaged products directly to end users in Poland as a producer with extended producer responsibility there. Q: How much does BDO registration cost in Poland? A: BDO registration in Poland is not free. Under the Minister of Climate and Environment regulation published as Dz.U. 2024 item 1901, applicable from 1 January 2025, the registration fee is PLN 200 for micro-entrepreneurs and PLN 800 for all other entrepreneurs. The same amounts recur as an annual fee payable by the end of February, except in the year the registration fee was paid. Non-payment leads to removal from the BDO register. Q: What is the BDO annual report deadline in Poland? A: The annual Polish report on products, packaging and waste management is due by 15 March for the previous calendar year under Article 76(1) of the Polish Waste Act of 14 December 2012. It is filed electronically through the BDO system to the competent voivodeship marshal. For a foreign company without a Polish branch, that is the Marshal of the Mazowieckie Voivodeship in Warsaw, which also keeps its register entry. Q: What happens if I sell into Poland without registering in BDO? A: Under Article 194(1)(5) and Article 194(3) of the Polish Waste Act, conducting activity covered by Article 50(1) without the required BDO register entry carries an administrative fine of PLN 1,000 to PLN 1,000,000. Failing to pay the annual BDO fee leads to removal from the register. Separately, Article 45(4) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 requires online platforms to collect a producer's registration number for the consumer's member state before allowing it to sell there. Q: Does a foreign company need a Polish authorised representative for BDO packaging registration? A: Often yes, from 12 August 2026. Article 45(3) of Regulation (EU) 2025/40 requires a producer established in another member state or a third country that sells packaged products directly to end users in Poland to appoint, by written mandate, an authorised representative for extended producer responsibility in Poland. The Mazowieckie Marshal's Office stated on 17 August 2026 that foreign BDO applications for packaging or batteries filed after 12 August 2026 are assessed against that obligation. Q: Is Allegro blocking seller accounts without a BDO number? A: Not as of September 2026. In an official community post dated 6 August 2026, Allegro said it would not block accounts or sales after 12 August 2026 for missing EPR PPWR (BDO) numbers, because member state registers under Regulation (EU) 2025/40 are still being set up. Allegro asks sellers to enter EPR numbers and producer declarations in the Obowiązki prawne section of Sales Center and says it will verify numbers per market once registers operate. Q: Is Poland's new packaging EPR fee model already in force in 2026? A: No. Poland's new packaging EPR model is the draft Act on packaging and packaging waste (UC100), first published by the Ministry of Climate and Environment on 13 August 2025. The Government Legislation Centre record shows it still in Council of Ministers committee stages on 9 September 2026, not adopted by the government and not sent to the Sejm. Until a new act is passed, the Polish Act of 13 June 2013 on packaging management continues to apply. Q: Who holds the Polish BDO obligation when a Merchant of Record is the seller? A: The obligation sits with the entity that makes the packaged goods available in Poland, not with the marketplace. Where a Merchant of Record sells the goods to Polish consumers in its own name, it is the producer under Regulation (EU) 2025/40 and needs its own BDO entry and, if not established in Poland, a Polish authorised representative. BDO entries do not transfer between legal entities, so a brand that also sells its own stock keeps its own obligations. Q: Does Poland's deposit return system also apply to drinks packaging? A: Yes, as a separate Polish regime alongside BDO. According to the Ministry of Climate and Environment, packaging carrying the deposit logo began appearing in Polish shops from 1 October 2025. The system covers single-use plastic bottles up to 3 litres and metal cans up to 1 litre at a PLN 0.50 deposit, and reusable glass bottles up to 1.5 litres at PLN 1.00. Brands selling beverages into Poland need to plan for it in addition to BDO. ## How to Sell on Amazon.it (Italy) in 2026: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-italy-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-italy-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.it in 2026: Seller Central onboarding, Italian VAT, CONAI and WEEE EPR, FBA Italy vs Pan-EU, and Italian-language listings. Q: Do I need an Italian VAT number to sell on Amazon Italy? A: You need one once Amazon stores your goods in Italy, because Amazon states that a VAT number is required for each country where goods are stored. Non-resident businesses register through an Italian tax representative or, if they are established in the EU or a country with a reciprocal agreement, directly with the Agenzia delle Entrate. Q: Is Seller Fulfilled Prime available on Amazon Italy? A: Yes. Amazon.it requires sellers to ship more than 99% of orders on time, keep cancellations below 0.5%, use Amazon's Buy Shipping service for at least 98% of orders and hold a warehouse in Italy, after a trial period with zero days of handling time. Q: Do foreign sellers on Amazon.it have to join CONAI? A: CONAI states that foreign companies are not obliged to join it, although they may. The environmental label has still been mandatory on packaging placed on the Italian market since 1 January 2023, and since 12 August 2026 the EU Packaging Regulation has required cross-border sellers of packaged goods to appoint an EPR authorised representative in Italy. Q: What does it cost to sell on Amazon Italy? A: The Professional plan costs EUR 39 a month excluding VAT, and Amazon.it referral fees include 7% for electronics and 15% for kitchen products, with a EUR 0.30 minimum per item. FBA adds a per-unit fee, for example EUR 5.15 for a 900 g standard parcel under the rate card effective 1 July 2026. Q: Do I need to register electrical products in Italy before selling them on Amazon.it? A: Yes. Producers of electrical and electronic equipment, including businesses based abroad that sell to Italian buyers at a distance, must enrol in the Registro AEE before they start operating in Italy, and selling without enrolment is fined EUR 30,000 to EUR 100,000. Q: Can I sell heavy or oversize products through FBA in Italy? A: Yes. Amazon.it has a special-oversize FBA rate of EUR 21.70 per unit up to 30 kg, and its Heavy and Bulky programme accepts items from 31.5 kg up to 140 kg and up to 300 cm long. ## How to Sell on Amazon Netherlands (Amazon.nl) in 2026: The Operator's Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-netherlands-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-netherlands-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.nl in 2026: no Dutch FBA storage, Pan-EU listing since 3 Sep 2026, 21% VAT and OSS, Verpact EPR, Dutch listings and bol. Q: Does Amazon store FBA stock in the Netherlands? A: No. Amazon's Dutch FBA page states that FBA stock is not stored in the Netherlands, so you need a VAT number in the country where it is stored, and Amazon.nl orders get domestic FBA fees only when placement in Germany is enabled. Q: Do Pan-European FBA sellers have to list on Amazon.nl? A: Yes. Since 3 September 2026, every new and existing Pan-European FBA product must have an active listing on Amazon.nl to enrol and keep its Pan-EU benefits. Q: Which VAT applies to my Amazon.nl sales below the EUR 10,000 threshold? A: If you are established in one EU member state and your total intra-EU distance sales stay at or below EUR 10,000 a year, you charge your own member state's VAT and declare it in your normal domestic return, not through OSS. Above the threshold, Dutch VAT of 21% applies, declared through OSS or a Dutch registration. Q: Do I need to register with Verpact to sell on Amazon.nl? A: You must declare to Verpact if you place more than 50,000 kg of packaging on the Dutch market in a calendar year, including from abroad, and single-use plastic packaging has no threshold. Since 12 August 2026 the PPWR also requires producers selling directly to Dutch consumers from another country to appoint an authorised representative. Q: Can I use English on Amazon.nl? A: Amazon Ads treats the Netherlands store as bilingual, so campaigns can target both Dutch and English keywords, but Dutch listing copy is the safer default. Warnings and safety information must be in a language Dutch consumers can easily understand, as the GPSR requires. Q: Should I sell on Amazon.nl or bol? A: Most brands should run both: bol reports 13.7 million customers in the Netherlands and Belgium, while Amazon.nl adds Pan-EU reach at low marginal effort for brands already on Amazon.de. Which to prioritise depends on the category. ## How to Sell on Amazon.pl (Poland) in 2026: An Operator's Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-amazon-poland-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-amazon-poland-2026-operator-guide.txt How to sell on Amazon.pl in 2026: the PLN 165.91 plan, referral fees from 5%, Pan-EU and CEP storage in Poland, 23% VAT, BDO and where Allegro fits. Q: Do I need a separate seller account for Amazon Poland? A: No. One Amazon Europe selling account reaches Amazon's ten European stores, including Amazon.pl, and the Professional plan for Amazon.pl costs PLN 165.91 a month excluding VAT. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Amazon.pl? A: Amazon.pl charges PLN 165.91 a month excluding VAT for the Professional plan plus a referral fee per sale, mostly 8% to 15% and as low as 5% for Consumer Electronics. New sellers who register through amazon.pl pay no subscription and no Amazon.pl referral fees for their first 6 months. Q: Do I need a Polish VAT number to sell on Amazon.pl? A: You need one if your stock is stored in Poland, because Amazon states that a VAT number is required for each country where goods are stored. Without Polish stock, cross-border sales to Polish consumers can generally be declared through the EU One-Stop Shop at Poland's 23% standard rate. Q: Do I need BDO registration to sell on Amazon Poland? A: Businesses that place packaged products, electrical equipment or batteries on the Polish market must register in BDO, at PLN 200 a year for micro-entrepreneurs and PLN 800 for others. Since 12 August 2026, the EU packaging regulation also requires a producer established in another member state to appoint an authorised representative in Poland. Q: Can FBA stock in Poland serve Amazon.de? A: Yes. Through the Central Europe Programme, Amazon stores German FBA stock in Poland and the Czech Republic, and units sold in Germany from Poland are charged the German domestic fee. Sellers who opt out pay an extra EUR 0.26 or PLN 1.15 per unit shipped from German fulfilment centres. ## How to Sell on MediaMarkt & Saturn (Ceconomy) Marketplace in 2026: Operator Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-mediamarkt-saturn-ceconomy-marketplace-2026-operator-guide Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-mediamarkt-saturn-ceconomy-marketplace-2026-operator-guide.txt A practical 2026 guide to selling on the Ceconomy marketplace (MediaMarkt + Saturn) across DE, AT, ES, NL, IT, HU, CH and PL. Covers the shared Mirakl platform, the electronics-only category gate, brand approval, German VAT, LUCID, StEAR and BattG obligations for DE/AT, GPSR conformity, and how an EU consumer-electronics seller can stand the operation up cleanly in a few weeks rather than a few quarters. ## Merchant of Record vs Distributor vs Marketplace Agency: The Three EU Expansion Models URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/merchant-of-record-vs-distributor-vs-marketplace-agency-eu-expansion-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-merchant-of-record-vs-distributor-vs-marketplace-agency-eu-expansion-2026.txt A factual breakdown of the three commercial models brands use to enter the EU: Merchant of Record (MoR), Distributor, and Marketplace Agency. Covers the legal definition of each, who appears on the consumer invoice, who carries product-safety, VAT, EPR and GDPR liability, who holds the marketplace seller account and Brand Registry, and how the financial models differ (revenue share, wholesale margin, management fee). Aimed at brand operators planning expansion across 27 EU member states, the UK and 100+ marketplaces in 2026. ## How to Sell on Joybuy: A Guide from an Invited Partner URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-joybuy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-joybuy.txt How brands get onto Joybuy, JD.com's European retailer and curated marketplace. From Operator One, an invitation-only Joybuy partner. Q: What is Joybuy? A: Joybuy is the European online retail business of JD.com. It officially launched in March 2026 and serves the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, France, Belgium and Luxembourg. Q: Is Joybuy a marketplace or a retailer? A: Both, in stages. Joybuy launched as a retailer that buys stock from brands and sells it under its own name, and in June 2026 said it was working with trusted brands to test a curated marketplace in the second half of 2026. Q: How do I apply to sell on Joybuy? A: Joybuy's Partner with Joybuy page offers a vendor model and a seller (marketplace) model, and sends both to its application portal at vendor.joybuy.com. Joybuy does not publish its acceptance criteria. Q: What commission does Joybuy charge? A: Joybuy has not published commission, fees or payout terms for vendors or marketplace sellers as of September 2026. Treat any figure quoted elsewhere as unconfirmed. Q: Can Operator One help my brand sell on Joybuy? A: Yes. Operator One has been selected by Joybuy as one of a small number of invitation-only partners. As a Merchant of Record, Operator One is the legal seller and takes on the seller's obligations for the brands it works with. Q: Does Joybuy fulfil orders for brands? A: Joybuy runs its own warehouses and its own delivery service, JoyExpress, in the UK, Germany, the Netherlands and France. For the marketplace test, trade press reports that products will be both held in Joybuy's warehouses and shipped directly by suppliers. ## Amazon Fulfilment Options in Europe: FBA, Pan-EU and FBM URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/amazon-fulfilment-options-fba-fbm-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-amazon-fulfilment-options-fba-fbm-europe.txt Amazon's EU fulfilment options compared: FBA, EFN, MCI, Pan-EU, FBM and Seller Fulfilled Prime, with July 2026 fees, storage costs and VAT rules. Q: What is the difference between Pan-European FBA and EFN? A: Pan-European FBA stores your stock in the EU countries you enable and charges the local fulfilment fee there, while EFN keeps stock in one country and charges a cross-border fee. On Amazon's July 2026 rate card a 900 g standard parcel costs EUR 3.44 locally in Germany but EUR 9.19 to EUR 9.45 through EFN. Q: Do I need a VAT number in every country for Pan-European FBA? A: Amazon states that a VAT number is required for each country where goods are stored, and Pan-EU requires storage in at least two countries. EFN generally needs no VAT number in the destination store. Check your own position with a tax adviser. Q: Can heavy or bulky products use FBA in Europe? A: Yes. FBA Heavy and Bulky covers Germany, France, Italy and Spain, for items of at least 31.5 kg, 175 cm in length or 360 cm in girth, up to 150 kg in Germany, 300 kg in France, 140 kg in Italy and 120 kg in Spain. They are fulfilled domestically in each store, because Pan-European FBA and EFN do not carry them. Q: Is Seller Fulfilled Prime available in Europe in 2026? A: Prime on seller-fulfilled offers runs in Germany, France, Spain, Belgium, Sweden, Poland and the Netherlands, where Amazon's commitments to the European Commission let sellers use any carrier. Amazon's German Seller Fulfilled Prime page lists an on-time delivery rate of at least 90%, valid tracking for 99% of shipments and a cancellation rate of 0.5% or less. Italy is outside those commitments. Q: Does Amazon charge an inbound placement fee in Europe? A: Not according to its EU rate card. Amazon's EU FBA rate card effective 1 July 2026 lists fulfilment, storage, Pan-EU, returns and removal fees, but no inbound placement fee. ## How to Run Amazon Ads in Europe: A Practical Guide URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/amazon-advertising-guide-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-amazon-advertising-guide-europe.txt How to run Amazon ads in the EU: ad types, minimum bids (EUR 0.02 on Amazon.de), bidding, attribution windows, ACoS vs TACoS and a step-by-step setup. Q: What is the minimum bid for Amazon ads in Germany? A: On Amazon.de the minimum Sponsored Products bid is EUR 0.02 per click and the maximum is EUR 1,000. Sponsored Brands image ads start at EUR 0.10 per click, according to the Amazon Ads API limits table as of October 2026. Q: What is the difference between ACoS and TACoS? A: ACoS divides ad spend by the sales Amazon attributes to your ads, while TACoS divides the same ad spend by your total sales, including organic sales. ACoS shows whether the ads pay for themselves; TACoS shows how much advertising the whole business carries. Q: Do I need Brand Registry to advertise on Amazon in Europe? A: Not for Sponsored Products, which any professional seller or vendor can run. Sponsored Brands, display ads and Stores need Brand Registry, which accepts an active registered trademark or a pending application, including EUIPO trademarks. Q: Can one Amazon campaign run across all EU marketplaces? A: No. Amazon campaigns are created per marketplace, with bids and budgets in that store's currency, so Germany, France and Poland each need their own campaigns and local-language keywords. Q: How long is the Amazon ads attribution window? A: For sellers, Amazon credits Sponsored Products sales within 7 days of a click; for vendors it is 14 days. Sponsored Brands and display ads use a 14-day window. Q: Does Amazon charge VAT on advertising fees in the EU? A: Amazon may charge VAT on ad fees when the advertiser has not registered a valid VAT number in the ad account. Separately, Amazon adds a Regulatory Advertising Fee of up to 3% for ads served in France, Italy and Spain and up to 5% in Austria. ## bol Fulfilment Options: LVB vs Shipping It Yourself URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/bol-fulfilment-options-lvb-vs-own-delivery Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-bol-fulfilment-options-lvb-vs-own-delivery.txt On bol, LVB costs EUR 3.05 to EUR 7.33 per item for regular sizes plus storage; own delivery or Verzenden via bol suits bulky, slow or multichannel stock. Q: What does Logistiek via bol cost in 2026? A: On bol, LVB costs EUR 3.05 to EUR 7.33 per ordered item for regular sizes 3XS to L and EUR 9.10 to EUR 64.49 for XL to 3XL, excluding VAT and commission. Storage adds EUR 0.14 to EUR 4.36 per item per month, plus 40% in November and December and 100% on stock older than 180 days. Q: Can I use my LVB stock for my own webshop or other marketplaces? A: No. bol's LVB terms define LVB stock as articles destined for customers who buy on bol, and bol points sellers that want to serve several channels from one warehouse to a third-party logistics provider. Q: Can LVB ship large items to Belgium? A: Only up to a limit. On bol, LVB items heavier than 30 kg or with a long side of 170 to 175 cm cannot currently be shipped to Belgian customers, only to Dutch ones. Q: Who can use Verzenden via bol? A: Verzenden via bol is available only to bol sellers established in the Netherlands, who can use it to ship to customers in the Netherlands and Belgium. Sellers established in Belgium cannot use it yet. Q: What happens if I miss bol's performance norms? A: Missing one of bol's strike norms (items on time, the 2% cancellation ceiling or response time) earns a strike that stays valid for 22 weeks. At 5 strikes bol closes the shop temporarily until an improvement plan is accepted, and at 7 strikes the account closes for at least a year. ## How to Run Ads on bol: Sponsored Products Explained URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/bol-advertising-guide-sponsored-products Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-bol-advertising-guide-sponsored-products.txt bol Sponsored Products explained: automatic vs manual campaigns, targeting, 14-day attribution, ACoS on ex-VAT revenue and how to set break-even ACoS. Q: How much does it cost to advertise on bol? A: bol Sponsored Products charges only per click, with bids from EUR 0.01 to EUR 100 and no minimum daily budget; bol recommends starting at about EUR 15 a day. bol invoices ad costs on the 1st of each month for the previous month's clicks. Q: Does bol calculate ACoS including or excluding VAT? A: Excluding. bol divides ad costs by attributed revenue excluding VAT, so a break-even ACoS must also be calculated on the ex-VAT price: the consumer price divided by 1.21, or by 1.09 for food in the Netherlands. Q: What is the difference between automatic and manual campaigns on bol? A: In an automatic bol campaign, bol picks the keywords and placements and bids towards your target ACoS of 5% to 50%. In a manual campaign you set keywords, bids and page types yourself; since 20 March 2026 you can add a target ACoS, but bol states it does not affect the auction. Q: Can I target competitor products or brands with bol ads? A: Not one by one. bol targets product pages by category level, has no brand-targeting campaign type and no negative product targeting, and bol's algorithm filters out keywords containing competitor brand names for relevance. Q: How long is the bol attribution window? A: 14 days. bol counts an order as an ad conversion when it follows an ad click within 14 days, books it on the click date, and includes indirect sales of other items in the same category from the same seller. Q: Do bol ads run in Belgium? A: Yes. A bol Sponsored Products campaign can target the Netherlands, Belgium or both from the same seller account. ## Kaufland Fulfilment Options for Marketplace Sellers URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/kaufland-fulfilment-options-marketplace-sellers Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-kaufland-fulfilment-options-marketplace-sellers.txt Kaufland ended its own fulfilment service in February 2025. How sellers ship Kaufland orders in 2026: KSS labels, 3PLs, delivery KPIs, returns and fees. Q: Does Kaufland have a fulfilment service like Amazon FBA? A: No. Kaufland terminated Fulfilment by Kaufland (FBK) on 28 February 2025, so Kaufland sellers ship orders themselves or through a 3PL. Kaufland Shipment Solutions only sells GLS shipping labels for parcels sent from a warehouse in Germany. Q: What tracking rate does Kaufland require? A: Kaufland expects at least 80% of order units to carry a valid tracking number, measured over the last completed month. Sellers add the tracking number when they mark an order unit as shipped. Q: How quickly must Kaufland sellers answer customer tickets? A: Kaufland requires sellers to answer 100% of outstanding customer tickets within 48 hours. Weekends and the storefront's national holidays are taken into account. Q: Can one warehouse serve all Kaufland storefronts? A: Yes. One Kaufland registration covers all eight live EU storefronts, with Kaufland.es announced, and a uniform shipping group can set a separate price and transport time for each destination country. The returns address must be in the EU. Q: What happens if a Kaufland seller cancels too many orders? A: Kaufland's target is below 1% seller-related cancellations a month. Between 1% and 2.99% Kaufland charges 7% of the cancelled transactions' total price, and above 3% it charges 15%. Q: How much does it cost to sell on Kaufland in 2026? A: Kaufland charges a monthly base fee of €39.95 (Basic) or €59.95 (Plus), plus VAT, and a commission per sale of 7% to 16% depending on category, or 4% to 12% on Kaufland.pl. ## Kaufland Ads: How to Run Sponsored Product Ads URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/kaufland-advertising-guide-sponsored-product-ads Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-kaufland-advertising-guide-sponsored-product-ads.txt Kaufland Sponsored Product Ads are pay-per-click from €0.01 a click, with 14-day attribution. Set-up steps, ACoS maths and Kaufland fees for 2026. Q: What is the minimum bid for Kaufland Ads? A: On Kaufland, the minimum bid for Sponsored Product Ads is €0.01 per click and the minimum for Sponsored Brand Ads is €0.50. Kaufland runs a second-price auction, so the winner pays the second-highest bid, never more than its own. Q: Can every Kaufland seller run Sponsored Product Ads? A: Yes. Kaufland says Sponsored Product Ads are available to all Kaufland Global Marketplace sellers once they accept the SPA terms, while Sponsored Brand Ads need proof of trademark ownership or the trademark owner's written authorisation. Q: How does Kaufland bill advertising costs? A: Kaufland issues no separate invoice for ad clicks: the costs appear in the commission statement for the following month, so February clicks show in the March statement, available in early April. The Plus plan offsets the first €30 of Sponsored Product Ads spend each month. Q: What attribution window does Kaufland use for ad sales? A: Kaufland counts a conversion when a shopper clicks an ad and orders within 14 days. Each order counts once, and the figures include orders later cancelled. Q: Which Kaufland marketplaces support sponsored ads? A: Kaufland says sponsored ads can run on all active Kaufland marketplaces. In October 2026 eight are live: Germany, Austria, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Poland, France, Italy and the Netherlands, with Spain announced. Sponsored Brand Ads are currently not available on Kaufland.fr and Kaufland.it. Q: Is Kaufland Interact the same as Kaufland Ads? A: No. Kaufland Interact is Kaufland's retail media platform, launched in March 2026 and sold to brands and advertisers through a sales team. Sponsored Product Ads and Sponsored Brand Ads are self-service tools in the marketplace Seller Portal. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Netherlands (kaufland.nl) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-netherlands.txt Kaufland.nl opened on 8 September 2026. Commission, Dutch VAT, Verpact and WEEE, shipping and how it compares with bol for Dutch and Belgian brands. Q: When did Kaufland launch in the Netherlands? A: Kaufland.nl went live on 8 September 2026 as Kaufland's eighth marketplace storefront, with more than 9 million items and around 3,000 sellers at launch. Q: Do I need a Dutch VAT number to sell on Kaufland.nl? A: Kaufland asks EU sellers for either an OSS number or a Dutch VAT ID for the Kaufland.nl channel, and non-EU sellers must register for VAT in the Netherlands. A seller that holds stock in the Netherlands must charge Dutch VAT and register with the Belastingdienst. Q: Does Kaufland.nl check Verpact or WEEE registration numbers? A: No. As of October 2026, Kaufland does not require EPR information to sell on Kaufland.nl, but Dutch packaging, WEEE and battery rules still apply and Kaufland places compliance on the seller. Q: Is Kaufland.nl cheaper than bol? A: It depends on the category. Kaufland.nl charges 7% to 16% on the gross price including delivery plus a monthly fee from €39.95 plus VAT, while bol charges 2.1% to 20.7% plus €0 to €2.99 per item, ex VAT, in its October 2026 table. Q: Can Belgian brands sell on Kaufland.nl? A: Yes. Kaufland accepts sellers from other EU countries, so a Belgian brand can sell on Kaufland.nl with an OSS number or a Dutch VAT ID. Kaufland has no Belgian storefront, so Belgian shoppers are reached through bol or other channels. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Poland (kaufland.pl) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-poland.txt How to sell on Kaufland.pl in 2026: 4% to 12% commission, zloty pricing and payouts, Polish listings, BDO numbers, VAT and Kaufland next to Allegro. Q: What commission does Kaufland charge in Poland? A: Kaufland charges 4% to 12% commission on Kaufland.pl, depending on category, against 7% to 16% on its other storefronts, as of 2 September 2026. Commission is calculated on the gross sales price including delivery, plus VAT. Q: Do I need a BDO number to sell on Kaufland.pl? A: Yes. Kaufland makes a packaging registration number mandatory on Kaufland.pl, and in Poland that number comes from the BDO register; battery and other numbers depend on the product. Q: Can I get paid in euros for Kaufland.pl sales? A: Yes. Kaufland pays out Kaufland.pl revenue in Polish zloty by default, but Poland and the Czech Republic are the two storefronts where sellers can choose a euro payout. Q: Do Kaufland.pl listings have to be in Polish? A: Yes. Kaufland requires product data, customer communication and legal texts in Polish for Kaufland.pl, and offers free translation of all three in the Seller Portal. Q: Does Kaufland Shipment Solutions deliver to Poland? A: Yes. KSS sells GLS labels for parcels up to 40 kg from a warehouse in Germany to Poland, with return labels from Poland back to Germany only. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Czech Republic (kaufland.cz) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-czech-republic Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-czech-republic.txt Kaufland.cz in 2026: live since April 2023, CZK prices and payouts, Czech listings, 7-16% commission, 21% VAT or OSS, EKO-KOM and Packeta pick-up. Q: When did Kaufland.cz launch? A: Kaufland.cz went live for shoppers on 12 April 2023, eight weeks after Kaufland.sk. Kaufland counted more than 2,000 pre-registered sellers at launch and reports 4,700 sellers in 2026. Q: Can I receive Kaufland.cz payouts in euros? A: Yes. Kaufland pays Kaufland.cz revenue in Czech koruna by default, but sellers on the Czech and Polish channels can choose to have their balance paid out in euros under Accounting, then Payout, in the Seller Portal. Q: Do I need a Czech VAT number to sell on Kaufland.cz? A: Not if you are an EU seller using OSS: Kaufland accepts either a Czech VAT ID or an OSS registration for the Kaufland.cz channel. Non-EU sellers need a Czech tax registration, and storing stock in the Czech Republic can require a Czech VAT registration. Q: Does Kaufland.cz check EPR registration numbers? A: Not at sign-up: Kaufland states that sellers currently do not need to enter EPR information to sell on Kaufland.cz. Czech packaging, WEEE and battery obligations still apply, and Kaufland directs packaging producers to EKO-KOM. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Slovakia (kaufland.sk) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-slovakia Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-slovakia.txt Kaufland.sk in 2026: live since February 2023, euro pricing with 23% Slovak VAT, Slovak listings, 7-16% commission and a Slovak EPR representative rule. Q: When did Kaufland.sk launch? A: Kaufland.sk went live on 15 February 2023 and was Kaufland's first marketplace outside Germany. Kaufland.cz followed on 12 April 2023. Q: Which currency does Kaufland.sk use? A: Kaufland.sk uses the euro for prices, shipping costs, Kaufland fees and payouts. The basic fee is €39.95 or €59.95 a month plus VAT, the same as on Kaufland.de. Q: What VAT rate applies to sales on Kaufland.sk? A: Slovak VAT applies to sales shipped to Slovak consumers once your EU cross-border distance sales pass EUR 10,000 a year, and to sales from stock held in Slovakia. The rates are 23% standard and 19% and 5% reduced, and since 1 January 2026 many sugary and salty foods are taxed at 23%. Q: Do I need a Slovak authorised representative to sell on Kaufland.sk? A: Kaufland does not check for one, but Slovak waste law requires a producer of packaging, electrical equipment or batteries with no Slovak seat to appoint a Slovak authorised representative by written mandate of at least one year. Q: Can I use my Czech listings on Kaufland.sk? A: No. Kaufland requires product data and legal texts in each marketplace's national language, so Kaufland.sk needs Slovak versions. Kaufland's free translation tools can produce them from your existing data. ## How to Sell on Kaufland France (kaufland.fr) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-france.txt Kaufland.fr opened on 12 August 2025. Fees, French VAT, the IDU and Triman rules Kaufland.fr checks, and how to ship to France without KSS in 2026. Q: When did Kaufland France launch? A: Kaufland.fr opened to shoppers on 12 August 2025 as Kaufland's sixth marketplace country. At launch it offered more than 3 million items, and 2,800 sellers were already on board for the French storefront. Q: Do I need an IDU to sell on Kaufland.fr? A: Yes. Kaufland makes the French packaging IDU mandatory on Kaufland.fr and requires an IDU for each other EPR category you sell. Sellers without their own numbers can use Kaufland's EPR Service, which covers 8 categories for €1.90 per category per month plus eco-contributions. Q: Does Kaufland ship my orders to France? A: No. Fulfilment by Kaufland ended on 28 February 2025, and Kaufland's KSS label service only covers deliveries from Germany to Germany, Austria, Poland, Slovakia and the Czech Republic. Kaufland.fr orders ship with your own carrier, cross-border or from stock in France. Q: What commission does Kaufland charge in France? A: Kaufland.fr charges 7% to 16% commission depending on category, the same rates as Kaufland.de, calculated on the gross sales price including delivery charges, plus VAT. On top comes one monthly fee of €39.95 or €59.95 plus VAT that covers every Kaufland storefront. Q: Do Kaufland.fr listings have to be in French? A: Yes. Kaufland requires French product data, customer communication and legal texts on Kaufland.fr, and offers free automatic translation. French law also requires French for product presentation, instructions, guarantee terms and invoices. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Italy (kaufland.it) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-italy.txt Kaufland.it opened on 2 September 2025. Commission, Italian VAT, CONAI labelling, electrical and battery EPR, and shipping to Italy without KSS in 2026. Q: When did Kaufland Italy launch? A: Kaufland.it went live on 2 September 2025 as Kaufland's seventh marketplace country. At launch it offered 5 million items, with nearly 3,000 sellers on board. Q: Does Kaufland.it require EPR registration numbers? A: Kaufland's own pages differ: its registration page says none have to be entered, while its September 2026 EPR Service page for Italy asks for one per category, so confirm with Kaufland seller support. Italian law requires CONAI membership for packaging and registration in the national RAEE register for electrical equipment either way. Q: What does Kaufland's EPR Service cost in Italy? A: Kaufland charges €1.90 per category per month in which that category has sales, at most €5.70 a month for its three Italian categories. The eco-contributions themselves are passed on at official rates without a surcharge. Q: Can I use Kaufland's shipping service for Italian orders? A: No. Kaufland Shipment Solutions does not cover Italy, so Kaufland.it orders ship under your own carrier contract. For Italian parcel lockers and parcel shops, Kaufland supports DHL, GLS and DPD. Q: Which language must Kaufland.it listings use? A: Italian. Kaufland requires Italian product data, customer communication and legal texts on Kaufland.it and translates them free of charge, and Article 9 of the Italian Consumer Code requires all consumer information at least in Italian. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Germany (kaufland.de) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-germany.txt Selling on Kaufland Germany in 2026: up to 32m monthly visits, 7% to 16% commission, LUCID and WEEE checks, German VAT, KSS labels and the real.de story. Q: Is Kaufland.de the same marketplace as real.de? A: Yes. The Schwarz Group took over the real.de marketplace from the SCP Group in October 2020, and Kaufland moved it to kaufland.de on 14 April 2021; real.de now redirects to kaufland.de. Q: Do I need a LUCID number to sell on Kaufland.de? A: Yes. A valid LUCID packaging number is a prerequisite for selling on Kaufland.de, and Kaufland also checks WEEE numbers for electrical goods and battery registration numbers. Q: Do I need a German VAT number to sell on Kaufland.de? A: EU sellers can give Kaufland an OSS number instead of a German VAT ID, but storing stock in Germany can require a German VAT registration. Non-EU sellers always need a German tax registration for Kaufland.de. Q: How big is Kaufland.de compared with Amazon.de and OTTO? A: Kaufland reported up to 32 million monthly visitors and more than 15,000 merchants on its German marketplace in June 2026. Amazon attributed $45.9 billion of 2025 net sales to Germany and OTTO reported about €7.5 billion GMV for 2025/26; the metrics differ, so there is no like-for-like ranking. Q: Can I use Kaufland's GLS labels to ship to German customers? A: Yes, if you ship from Germany. Kaufland Shipment Solutions sells GLS labels for parcels up to 40 kg sent from a German address to Germany, Austria, Poland, Slovakia or the Czech Republic. ## How to Sell on Kaufland Austria (kaufland.at) in 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/how-to-sell-on-kaufland-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-how-to-sell-on-kaufland-austria.txt Selling on Kaufland Austria in 2026: live since 2024, German listings, 20% VAT, Austrian authorised representative, €2 parcel tax, shipping from Germany. Q: Is there an Amazon.at for Austrian shoppers? A: No. On 5 October 2026 amazon.at redirected to amazon.de, which Amazon uses to serve Austrian customers. Q: Do I need an Austrian authorised representative to sell on Kaufland.at? A: If your company has no seat in Austria, yes: Austrian law has required one for packaging since 1 January 2023, and for electrical equipment too. Kaufland's registration page says it asks for no EPR numbers on Kaufland.at, while its battery page lists Austria for battery numbers, so confirm with Kaufland seller support; Austrian law obliges marketplaces to exclude non-compliant sellers. Q: Does Kaufland.at need its own listings and legal texts? A: Listings can stay in German, the language of both Kaufland.de and Kaufland.at. Legal texts must be a separate Kaufland.at set written under Austrian law, including the 14-day withdrawal right under the FAGG. Q: Does Austria's parcel tax apply to Kaufland.at sellers? A: Not directly. The €2 per parcel tax applies from 1 October 2026 only above €100 million in Austrian mail-order sales, and sales through a marketplace count towards the marketplace, which is then the tax debtor. Q: Can I ship Kaufland.at orders from Germany? A: Yes. Kaufland Shipment Solutions covers GLS parcels from Germany to Austria up to 40 kg. Austrian VAT and Austrian EPR registrations still apply to those parcels. ## About You Launches Cash on Delivery in 22 Countries: What It Means for Seller Payouts URL: https://o1.eu/news-insights/about-you-cash-on-delivery-seller-payouts Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/news-insights-about-you-cash-on-delivery-seller-payouts.txt About You now offers Cash on Delivery in 22 marketplace countries. Payment is captured at delivery, so payouts follow delivery, not shipment. Q: In which countries does About You offer Cash on Delivery? A: In 22 About You Marketplace countries: Germany, Austria, France, Italy, Spain, Belgium, the Netherlands, Denmark, Sweden, Finland, Luxembourg, Slovenia, Slovakia, Portugal, Poland, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Croatia, Hungary and Romania. Q: When does a seller get paid for a Cash on Delivery order on About You? A: Payment is captured once the parcel has been delivered and paid by the customer, not when it ships. The payout follows in the regular settlement after that, so there is a gap between shipping and payout. About You says this is expected and not a delay. Q: Why does a Cash on Delivery order from late in the month show up in next month's report? A: Delivery times, carrier cash settlement and payment cut-off times can push captures and refunds from the end of a month into the following month's report. The amounts are included in the next settlement. Q: Are Cash on Delivery orders settled separately on About You? A: No. Cash on Delivery orders are part of the standard settlement files, payouts and invoices, like every other order. Q: What should a seller do if a Cash on Delivery payout is delayed or cancelled? A: If the cause is a delivery problem, such as a failed delivery, a refused parcel or a carrier delay, check the shipment status with the carrier first. For anything else, About You asks sellers to contact their Partner Manager or the service desk. --- # Case studies (44) ## Dabur URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/dabur Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-dabur.txt A global wellness group rebuilt a chaotic European marketplace presence into one official catalogue across eight countries. ## BLSTR Sander URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/blstr-sander Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-blstr-sander.txt A one-person power tool company launched across three European countries and four platforms, and recovered from an early product fault. ## Nutras URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/nutras Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-nutras.txt A lactose intolerance supplement became the reference brand in its Amazon Italy category, then rolled the same approach out across seven markets. ## AirTamer URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/case-study-airtamer Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-case-study-airtamer.txt A US air purifier brand has sold in Europe continuously for over two years without ever setting up a European company. ## Neofollics URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/neofollics Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-neofollics.txt A science-backed hair care brand launched across nine European marketplaces from a single agreement. ## Abeba URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/abeba Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-abeba.txt A safety footwear manufacturer focused a broad technical catalogue and grew marketplace revenue 60% year on year. ## Klingspor URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/klingspor Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-klingspor.txt An industrial abrasives manufacturer took its catalogue back from third-party sellers and tripled its marketplace sales year on year. ## Leina-Werke URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/leina-werke Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-leina-werke.txt A German first aid manufacturer turned marketplaces from a side channel into a maintained one across four European markets. ## B&B Italiaans Wasparfum URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/bb-wasparfum Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-bb-wasparfum.txt A niche Italian laundry perfume reached buyers across six European countries without becoming a legal seller in any of them. ## Best Pet Supplies URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/best-pet-supplies Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-best-pet-supplies.txt A US pet brand put one of its deepest catalogues in front of European buyers across five countries, without a European company. ## Dayes URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/dayes Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-dayes.txt A newly created Amazon Vendor unit was turned into a measured operation, with Operator One running both the vendor business and the direct selling channel. ## Dr. Ho URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/dr-ho Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-dr-ho.txt A Dutch wellness device brand replaced a reseller arrangement with its own official storefronts across Germany and Austria. ## Fripa URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/fripa Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-fripa.txt A German hygiene paper manufacturer reached a steady Benelux run rate within two months of launch and is now extending into retail. ## Gembird URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/gembird Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-gembird.txt An electronics accessories brand took a catalogue of hundreds of products across seven European storefronts in four countries. ## Ignite Films URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/ignite-films Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-ignite-films.txt A small film restoration label reached collectors across eight European countries from a single agreement. ## Kambukka URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/kambukka Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-kambukka.txt A drinkware brand with no e-commerce team more than doubled its monthly revenue and expanded from one account to three countries. ## Saalt URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/saalt Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-saalt.txt A US period care brand went from unable to sell in Europe to five markets and eight storefronts, without a European company. ## Swinkels Family Brewers URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/swinkels Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-swinkels.txt A major family brewer runs Amazon as a vendor with O1's consultancy and Bol.com with O1 as Merchant of Record. ## Target Darts URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/target-darts Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-target-darts.txt A championship darts brand opened Bol.com without a Dutch company and scaled to five European markets. ## Trotec URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/trotec Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-trotec.txt An enterprise climate solutions brand connected its own systems to the marketplaces and has O1 running advertising across its countries. ## X-Bionic URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/x-bionic Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-x-bionic.txt A Swiss sportswear brand moved from vendor-only Amazon sales to seller control across eight European markets and three platforms. ## Crow Canyon Home URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/crow-canyon Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-crow-canyon.txt A family enamelware maker in Northern California with no European entity, now trading on Amazon and Bol.com in Germany and the Netherlands, at peak about 3.9x its opening months. ## Daelmans URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/daelmans Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-daelmans.txt O1 became the legal seller for Daelmans in eight European countries on three marketplaces, and revenue grew about 2.4x from the opening months of trading to the most recent. ## A Dutch house of home brands URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/dutch-home-brands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-dutch-home-brands.txt A Dutch house of home brands took its own labels into Germany, France and Italy on Amazon and Kaufland, with O1 as the legal seller. At its peak the operation traded at about 2.1x its opening months. ## A European consumer brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/european-consumer-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-european-consumer-brand.txt A consumer supplement brand reached Germany and France on Amazon with its full organic range, behind a legal seller that carried the VAT and the category compliance. ## A European cookware brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/european-cookware-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-european-cookware-brand.txt A mid-price cookware brand reached the Netherlands and Germany on Bol.com and Kaufland without registering a company, a VAT number or a producer file in either country. ## A European cosmetics brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/european-cosmetics-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-european-cosmetics-brand.txt A bath and body manufacturer with hospitality heritage reached four European countries and three marketplaces under Operator One as Merchant of Record, without setting up anything new. ## A European giftware brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/european-giftware-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-european-giftware-brand.txt A wholesale giftware brand with no direct consumer channel had its range running as official listings on Amazon and Bol.com in five European markets, without opening a single company abroad. ## A European yarn and craft brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/european-yarn-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-european-yarn-brand.txt A yarn and craft retailer reached Dutch and German buyers on Bol.com and Kaufland with Operator One as legal seller of record, and registered nothing outside its home market. ## Formaticum URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/formaticum Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-formaticum.txt A Brooklyn cheese-storage brand with no European entity now trades in six countries on Amazon and Bol.com, with Operator One carrying the entities, VAT and compliance as legal seller. ## Gravity Grabber URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/gravity-grabber Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-gravity-grabber.txt A US ski rack brand with no European entity sells in five countries on Amazon and Bol.com, with Operator One as legal seller. At its peak the operation ran about 4.9 times its opening months. ## An industrial supply brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/industrial-supply-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-industrial-supply-brand.txt A B2B hardgoods wholesaler now sells direct to consumers in two countries across three marketplaces, with peak trading at roughly 15.8x its opening months and listings in its own name. ## A professional tooling brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/industrial-tooling-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-industrial-tooling-brand.txt A professional tooling brand opened a direct marketplace channel in two countries without disturbing its dealer network. ## Master Appliance URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/master-appliance Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-master-appliance.txt A US heat-tool manufacturer with no European entity now sells on Amazon in Germany and France, with Operator One as legal seller and the brand keeping its stock and its pricing. ## Mypurmist URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/mypurmist Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-mypurmist.txt A US steam-inhaler brand sells in seven European countries across three marketplaces without a European entity of its own, growing about 4.5x from its opening months. ## A premium stroller brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/premium-stroller-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-premium-stroller-brand.txt A premium Dutch stroller brand ran its Benelux and German marketplace channel through Operator One as Merchant of Record. ## Thone URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/thone Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-thone.txt A Dutch hearing-protection brand went from one home market to four countries on Amazon, with compliance, VAT, listings and advertising carried by one operation. ## TOUGH-GRID URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/tough-grid Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-tough-grid.txt A Utah family brand with no European entity reached six countries on Amazon and Bol.com, kept its own listings and pricing, and ran about 5.1x its opening months at peak, with O1 as Merchant of Record. ## TRM (Thoroughbred Remedies) URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/trm Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-trm.txt An Irish equine supplement maker, sold in 70-plus countries but absent from Germany's marketplace shelf, opened the market direct with O1 as Merchant of Record. ## A US baking tools brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/us-baking-tools-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-us-baking-tools-brand.txt A one-product US baking tools brand traded in five European countries across two marketplaces as Merchant of Record, peaking at about 11.9x its opening months. ## A US grooming brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/us-grooming-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-us-grooming-brand.txt A US grooming brand had no route into Europe. As Merchant of Record, O1 opened Germany and the Netherlands on Amazon and Bol.com, and the operation peaked at about 2.3x its opening months. ## A US infant sleep brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/us-infant-sleep-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-us-infant-sleep-brand.txt A US baby brand with no European entity, trading in six countries across Amazon, Bol.com and Kaufland, with Operator One as merchant of record and legal seller. ## A US nail and spa care brand URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/us-nail-spa-brand Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-us-nail-spa-brand.txt A US vegan nail and spa care brand had no European entity and no legal route to market. O1 became the seller of record and opened four Amazon markets. At its peak trading ran at roughly twice the opening months. ## Bavaria URL: https://o1.eu/case-studies/bavaria-visual-forge Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/case-studies-bavaria-visual-forge.txt See how Visual Forge helped Operator One create and adapt consistent Amazon listing images for Bavaria with less repetitive production work. --- # Marketplace profiles (115) ## Conforama France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/conforama-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-conforama-france.txt A major player in France’s home and living segment, offering brands access to a wide audience across furniture, home décor, and household essentials. ## Decathlon Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-spain.txt A dynamic sports marketplace with strong demand in outdoor and recreational categories. Well suited for brands targeting active lifestyle consumers in a steadily growing e-commerce environment. ## Decathlon France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-france.txt A core market for Decathlon, combining strong brand recognition with deep customer loyalty. Offers high visibility across a wide range of sports categories within a mature and highly engaged ecosystem. ## Decathlon Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-italy.txt A well-established channel with growing online demand in sports and lifestyle categories. Strong traction in outdoor, fitness, and seasonal products, supported by a broad consumer base. ## Decathlon Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-germany.txt A structured and competitive sports marketplace within one of Europe’s largest retail markets. Relevant for brands with clear positioning and strong product differentiation in performance and outdoor categories. ## Decathlon Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-poland.txt A rapidly expanding sports platform in a high-growth market. Strong demand across outdoor, fitness, and recreational categories, with increasing online adoption. ## Decathlon UK URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-uk Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-uk.txt A growing digital channel within a highly competitive sports market. Offers access to a broad audience looking for accessible, performance-driven products across multiple sport categories ## Decathlon Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-belgium.txt A well-established sports marketplace with strong local presence and loyal customer base. Ideal for brands in fitness, outdoor, and active lifestyle categories. ## Shop Apotheke Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/shopapotheke-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-shopapotheke-italy.txt An expanding online pharmacy channel in Italy, where demand for wellness, beauty, and OTC products continues to rise. Offers access to a large, digitally engaged audience in a fast-developing market. ## Shop Apotheke Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/shopapotheke-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-shopapotheke-belgium.txt A growing health and wellness marketplace in Belgium, connecting brands with consumers who actively seek reliable and regulated products in everyday care categories. ## Shop Apotheke Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/shopapotheke-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-shopapotheke-austria.txt A strong digital pharmacy platform with a loyal customer base in Austria. Well positioned for health, supplements, and personal care brands looking to scale in a trust-driven environment. ## MediaMarkt Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-germany.txt A leading consumer electronics marketplace with strong brand recognition and omnichannel reach. Particularly relevant for electronics and tech-driven categories, combining online visibility with a powerful retail footprint. ## CDON Sweden URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/cdon-sweden Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-cdon-sweden.txt The Nordic region’s e-commerce pioneer, reaching Sweden and beyond with a broad range of products and strong local loyalty. ## Leen Bakker URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/leen-bakker Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-leen-bakker.txt The Netherlands’ trusted home & living retailer, offering affordable furniture, décor, and accessories with a strong local presence. ## Zalando Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/zalando-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-zalando-belgium.txt Belgium’s go-to fashion platform, connecting consumers with top European brands, seasonal trends, and reliable online shopping. ## Zalando Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/zalando-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-zalando-germany.txt Germany’s leading fashion and lifestyle platform, trusted by millions for its wide range of brands, styles, and strong local presence. ## Zalando Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/zalando-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-zalando-netherlands.txt Europe’s fashion and lifestyle platform, bringing top brands and trends to Dutch consumers with strong online presence and loyalty. ## Decathlon Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/decathlon-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-decathlon-netherlands.txt The Netherlands’ leading sports retailer, offering a wide range of equipment and apparel with strong national presence and customer trust. ## CDON Denmark URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/cdon-denmark Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-cdon-denmark.txt The Nordic region’s e-commerce pioneer, reaching Sweden and beyond with a broad range of products and strong local loyalty. ## Praxis Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/praxis-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-praxis-netherlands.txt A leading Dutch DIY marketplace, catering to hands-on shoppers with tools, building materials, and home improvement goods. ## Darty France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/darty-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-darty-france.txt France’s trusted brand for home appliances and electronics, known for expert service, reliability, and customer support. ## Fnac France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/fnac-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-fnac-france.txt A top French retailer blending culture, tech, and electronics—ideal for reaching media-savvy, quality-conscious shoppers. ## ePRICE Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/eprice-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-eprice-italy.txt Italy’s tech and electronics-focused marketplace, favored for deals on gadgets, appliances, and fast local support. ## eBay Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-spain.txt Spain’s established online marketplace for value seekers and collectors, spanning both auctions and direct sales. ## eBay Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-italy.txt Italy’s dynamic platform for deals and secondhand treasures, with strong user engagement and niche appeal. ## eBay Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-germany.txt Germany’s trusted resale and e-commerce hub, offering wide reach for both private sellers and professional retailers. ## eBay France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-france.txt Popular in France for unique finds, refurbished deals, and auctions—ideal for both new and secondhand products. ## Allegro Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/allegro-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-allegro-poland.txt Poland’s largest marketplace, known for low prices, high traffic, and a loyal, deal-hunting customer base. ## Leroy Merlin Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/leroy-merlin-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-leroy-merlin-spain.txt Spain’s favorite for home upgrades, combining expert DIY resources with a wide, affordable product range. ## Leroy Merlin Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/leroy-merlin-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-leroy-merlin-italy.txt Italy’s trusted platform for renovation, DIY, and outdoor living, offering localized support and quality products. ## Leroy Merlin France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/leroy-merlin-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-leroy-merlin-france.txt France’s go-to marketplace for home improvement, DIY, and garden supplies—backed by strong in-store brand recognition. ## Shop Apotheke Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/shopapotheke-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-shopapotheke-germany.txt Germany’s leading online pharmacy, trusted for health, wellness, and pharmaceutical products with fast, discreet delivery. ## ManoMano France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/manomano-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-manomano-france.txt France’s top marketplace for DIY, gardening, and home improvement, trusted by professionals and hobbyists alike. ## ManoMano Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/manomano-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-manomano-germany.txt Germany’s DIY-focused marketplace for home improvement, tools, and garden products—tailored to practical shoppers. ## Home24 France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/home24-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-home24-france.txt French shoppers turn to Home24 for curated, European-style furniture and decor with reliable local delivery. ## Home24 Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/home24-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-home24-austria.txt Austria’s go-to for stylish and functional home furnishings, combining German quality with regional service. ## Home24 Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/home24-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-home24-germany.txt A key furniture and home décor platform in Germany, trusted for modern design, durability, and fast delivery. ## Cdiscount France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/cdiscount-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-cdiscount-france.txt One of France’s top marketplaces, popular for competitive pricing and strong appeal in electronics and household goods. ## Kaufland Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-italy.txt Emerging in Italy’s digital market, appealing to value-driven shoppers with regional and international products. ## Kaufland France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-france.txt Entering France with a growing catalog, aiming to compete on price, variety, and delivery speed. ## Kaufland Slovakia URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-slovakia Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-slovakia.txt Slovakia’s rising e-commerce player, combining local language support with wide regional reach. ## Kaufland Czech Republic URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-czech-republic Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-czech-republic.txt A key platform in the Czech Republic, ideal for tapping into a tech-savvy and deal-driven customer base. ## Kaufland Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-poland.txt Kaufland's Polish storefront, live since 7 August 2024, with prices in PLN and a lower commission band (4% to 12%) than the other Kaufland storefronts. ## Kaufland Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-austria.txt Austria’s growing online marketplace with strong ties to German-speaking consumers and high product standards. ## Kaufland Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-germany.txt A major German marketplace offering wide product visibility, trusted by price-conscious and quality-focused buyers. ## Bol.com Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/bol-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-bol-belgium.txt Popular in Belgium’s Dutch-speaking region, known for reliable service and strong cross-border logistics from the Netherlands. ## Bol.com Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/bol-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-bol-netherlands.txt The Netherlands’ leading online retailer, widely trusted for its product variety and fast domestic delivery. ## Amazon Sweden URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-sweden Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-sweden.txt Sweden’s efficient, sustainability-conscious market, ideal for quality-driven Nordic consumers. ## Amazon Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-poland.txt A rising e-commerce force in Poland, offering wide reach and growing trust in online shopping. ## Amazon United Kingdom URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-united-kingdom Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-united-kingdom.txt The UK’s largest e-commerce hub with high buying power and a strong appetite for premium and fast-delivery products. ## Amazon Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-belgium.txt Serves both French- and Dutch-speaking Belgians, blending Amazon’s reliability with local language coverage. ## Amazon Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-netherlands.txt A newer but fast-growing Dutch platform, appealing to value-focused and tech-savvy shoppers. ## Amazon Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-spain.txt Spain’s fast-growing online market, where competitive pricing and fast delivery win loyal customers. ## Amazon Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-italy.txt Italy’s go-to platform for online shopping, blending convenience with growing demand for international brands. ## Amazon France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-france.txt France’s go-to online marketplace, trusted for fast delivery, great deals, and a wide reach across French-speaking shoppers ## Amazon Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-germany.txt Germany’s leading marketplace, known for precision, reliability, and a strong customer base that values quality and fast delivery. ## About You Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-germany.txt Mid-market fashion marketplace with a strong DACH audience and a focus on younger shoppers. ## About You Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-austria.txt The Austrian leg of About You — same DACH catalogue, AT-localised storefront. ## About You Switzerland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-switzerland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-switzerland.txt The Swiss leg of About You — DACH catalogue, CH-localised storefront with local pricing in CHF. ## About You Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-netherlands.txt Benelux leg of About You — live since 2017, NL-localised storefront. ## About You Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-belgium.txt Benelux leg of About You — live since 2017, BE-localised in NL + FR. ## About You France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-france.txt France leg of About You — live since 2020, FR-localised mid-market fashion. ## About You Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-italy.txt Italy leg of About You — live since 2021, IT-localised mid-market fashion. ## About You Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-spain.txt Spain leg of About You — live since 2021, ES-localised mid-market fashion. ## About You Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-poland.txt Poland leg of About You — live since 2018, PL-localised mid-market fashion. ## About You Czech Republic URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-czech-republic Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-czech-republic.txt Czechia leg of About You — live since 2018, CZ-localised mid-market fashion. ## About You Sweden URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/about-you-sweden Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-about-you-sweden.txt Nordics leg of About You — live since 2020, SE-localised mid-market fashion. ## OTTO Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/otto-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-otto-germany.txt Mid-premium DE generalist marketplace — strongest on home, fashion and electronics. ## Breuninger Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/breuninger-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-breuninger-germany.txt Premium / luxury fashion marketplace targeting a higher-end German audience. ## ASOS United Kingdom URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/asos-united-kingdom Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-asos-united-kingdom.txt Curated fashion marketplace — invite-only / strategic-partner access. Listed on request. ## zooplus Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/zooplus-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-zooplus-germany.txt Curated German pet-supplies marketplace on Mirakl, food and accessories, seller-fulfilled. ## zooplus France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/zooplus-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-zooplus-france.txt French leg of the zooplus marketplace, the first zooplus marketplace to launch. ## Galaxus Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/galaxus-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-galaxus-germany.txt Curated German marketplace from Migros-group Digitec Galaxus, strong in tech and home. ## Galaxus Switzerland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/galaxus-switzerland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-galaxus-switzerland.txt The Swiss venue of Digitec Galaxus. Outside the EU, so Swiss VAT, customs and a separate contract. ## Allegro Czech Republic URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/allegro-czech-republic Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-allegro-czech-republic.txt Czech leg of Allegro, the largest CEE marketplace. One account covers CZ, SK and HU. ## Allegro Slovakia URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/allegro-slovakia Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-allegro-slovakia.txt Slovak leg of Allegro. Fashion tier is the only band internally consistent on Allegro's own pages. ## Allegro Hungary URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/allegro-hungary Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-allegro-hungary.txt Hungarian leg of Allegro, the newest of the three CEE storefronts. ## Douglas Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-germany.txt Curated German beauty marketplace. Douglas is the legal seller and buys partner stock wholesale. ## Douglas Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-austria.txt Austrian storefront of the Douglas beauty marketplace. ## Douglas Switzerland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-switzerland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-switzerland.txt Swiss storefront of the Douglas beauty marketplace. Outside the EU, so Swiss VAT and customs apply. ## Douglas Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-netherlands.txt Dutch storefront of the Douglas beauty marketplace. ## Douglas Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-poland.txt Polish storefront of the Douglas beauty marketplace. ## Douglas Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-spain.txt Spanish storefront of the Douglas beauty marketplace. ## Douglas France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/douglas-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-douglas-france.txt French storefront of the Douglas beauty marketplace. ## Worten Portugal URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/worten-portugal Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-worten-portugal.txt Portugal's leading electronics & home marketplace. ## eMAG Romania URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/emag-romania Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-emag-romania.txt #1 marketplace in Romania — broad electronics, home and fashion catalogue. ## eMAG Hungary URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/emag-hungary Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-emag-hungary.txt Hungary leg of eMAG — same operator, HU-localised storefront. ## eMAG Bulgaria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/emag-bulgaria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-emag-bulgaria.txt Bulgaria leg of eMAG — same operator, BG-localised storefront. ## eBay United Kingdom URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-united-kingdom Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-united-kingdom.txt UK leg of eBay — generalist plus particularly strong for parts and refurbished items. ## eBay Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-netherlands.txt NL leg of eBay — smaller than Bol in the Netherlands; useful long-tail and refurb channel. ## eBay Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-belgium.txt BE leg of eBay — BE-localised storefront in NL + FR. ## eBay Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-austria.txt AT leg of eBay — distinct DACH site, DE-language storefront. ## eBay Ireland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/ebay-ireland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-ebay-ireland.txt IE storefront of eBay — most sellers actually list via ebay.co.uk for Irish shoppers. ## Kaufland Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-spain.txt Kaufland's Spain storefront, announced by Kaufland in September 2026 with no launch date published yet. Same single-account model as the rest of the Kaufland group. ## Kaufland Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/kaufland-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-kaufland-netherlands.txt Kaufland's Netherlands storefront, live since 8 September 2026. Same single-account model as the rest of the Kaufland group, managed from one Seller Portal account. ## MediaMarkt Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-austria.txt MediaMarkt Austria — DACH consumer-electronics specialist, AT-localised storefront. ## MediaMarkt Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-netherlands.txt MediaMarkt Netherlands — consumer-electronics specialist, NL-localised storefront. ## MediaMarkt Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-spain.txt MediaMarkt Spain — consumer-electronics specialist, ES-localised storefront. ## MediaMarkt Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-italy.txt MediaMarkt Italy — consumer-electronics specialist, IT-localised storefront (launched 2024). ## MediaMarkt Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-belgium.txt MediaMarkt Belgium — consumer-electronics specialist, BE-localised storefront (launched 2025). ## MediaMarkt Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-poland.txt MediaMarkt Poland — consumer-electronics specialist, PL-localised storefront (launched 2025). ## MediaMarkt Switzerland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-switzerland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-switzerland.txt MediaMarkt Switzerland — consumer-electronics specialist, CH-localised storefront, launching 2026. ## MediaMarkt Hungary URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/media-markt-hungary Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-media-markt-hungary.txt MediaMarkt Hungary — consumer-electronics specialist, HU-localised storefront, launching 2026. ## Saturn Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/saturn-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-saturn-germany.txt Saturn DE storefront — sister brand to MediaMarkt under the MediaMarktSaturn group. Consumer-electronics specialist for German shoppers. ## Amazon Ireland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/amazon-ireland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-amazon-ireland.txt Amazon Ireland storefront — launched March 2025. Operator One operates an active seller account on the IE locale. ## TikTok Shop United Kingdom URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-united-kingdom Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-united-kingdom.txt TikTok Shop UK — the #4 beauty retailer in the country and the most mature EU TikTok Shop storefront. ## TikTok Shop Germany URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-germany Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-germany.txt TikTok Shop DE — live since early 2025. Strong on social-commerce conversion in fashion + beauty. ## TikTok Shop France URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-france Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-france.txt TikTok Shop FR — live since early 2025. Strong on social-commerce conversion in fashion + beauty. ## TikTok Shop Italy URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-italy Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-italy.txt TikTok Shop IT — live since early 2025. Strong on social-commerce conversion in fashion + beauty. ## TikTok Shop Spain URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-spain Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-spain.txt TikTok Shop ES — live since late 2024. Strong on social-commerce conversion in fashion + beauty. ## TikTok Shop Ireland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-ireland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-ireland.txt TikTok Shop IE — live since late 2024. Storefront covers Irish-based TikTok shoppers. ## TikTok Shop Netherlands URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-netherlands Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-netherlands.txt TikTok Shop NL — launched 15 June 2026. Social-commerce, strong on short-video conversion and live-shop categories. ## TikTok Shop Belgium URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-belgium Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-belgium.txt TikTok Shop BE — launched 15 June 2026. Sister storefront to TikTok Shop NL. ## TikTok Shop Austria URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-austria Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-austria.txt TikTok Shop AT — launched 15 June 2026. DACH storefront sharing the DE catalogue. ## TikTok Shop Poland URL: https://o1.eu/marketplaces/tiktok-shop-poland Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/marketplaces-tiktok-shop-poland.txt TikTok Shop PL — launched 15 June 2026. CEE storefront covering Polish TikTok shoppers. --- # Ebooks and guides (6) ## Beyond Amazon: EU Marketplace Growth Masterclass Slides URL: https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides/beyond-amazon-cross-border-growth-masterclass-slides Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/ebooks-guides-beyond-amazon-cross-border-growth-masterclass-slides.txt Download the slides from Operator One’s Berlin masterclass on expanding beyond Amazon and scaling cross-border across Europe’s marketplaces. ## The Tools & DIY Market: A High-Value Opportunity in European E-commerce URL: https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides/the-tools-diy-market-a-high-value-opportunity-in-european-e-commerce-1h08w Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/ebooks-guides-the-tools-diy-market-a-high-value-opportunity-in-european-e-commerce-1h08w.txt The Tools & DIY category is booming in European e-commerce, driven by home improvement and DIY trends. Platforms like Amazon and ManoMano connect sellers with a growing market of professionals and hobbyists. With high demand for eco-friendly, durable products, sellers benefit from strong order values, loyal customers, and cross-selling. Success relies on product specs and fast delivery. ## Home & Living Sector: Expanding Potential All Around Europe URL: https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides/home-living-sector-expanding-potential-all-around-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/ebooks-guides-home-living-sector-expanding-potential-all-around-europe.txt The Home & Living category is rapidly growing in European e-commerce, driven by demand for stylish, functional, and eco-friendly products. Platforms like Amazon and IKEA are seeing strong growth. Sellers benefit from high-order values, loyal customers, and cross-selling opportunities. Success requires accurate product data, fast delivery, and strong visuals. ## The Power of EU Marketplaces: Expanding Your Brand Across Europe URL: https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides/the-power-of-eu-marketplaces-expanding-your-brand-across-europe Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/ebooks-guides-the-power-of-eu-marketplaces-expanding-your-brand-across-europe.txt Expanding to EU marketplaces offers significant growth opportunities by diversifying revenue streams, increasing brand visibility, and engaging a broader audience. With over 1,000 platforms across Europe and 450 million online consumers, businesses can leverage generalist and local hero platforms to tap into new markets, drive sales, and adapt to changing trends. ## The benefits of choosing a Merchant of Record for selling on marketplaces URL: https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides/the-benefits-of-choosing-a-merchant-of-record-for-selling-on-marketplaces Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/ebooks-guides-the-benefits-of-choosing-a-merchant-of-record-for-selling-on-marketplaces.txt Discover the benefits of choosing a Merchant of Record with our latest white paper. This essential guide provides valuable insights for brands and companies selling or considering selling on marketplaces. Learn how a MoR can streamline your operations, enhance compliance, and boost profitability. ## Marketplace Seller Trends Report 2026 URL: https://o1.eu/ebooks-guides/marketplace-seller-trends-report-2026 Full text: https://o1.eu/llms/ebooks-guides-marketplace-seller-trends-report-2026.txt ChannelEngine's Marketplace Seller Trends Report 2026: how sellers balance growth, profitability, efficiency and technology. Get the free report. ---